Haramaya University

Haramaya Institute of Technology

Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering

“Electrical and Computer Engineering”, Bachelor of

Science(Communication, Electrical Power,
Computer and Industrial Control Focus Areas)
Regular Five Year Program Modularized Curriculum

Harar, Ethiopia

Endorsement

This document is endorsed by:

The Academic Council of the Haramaya Institute of Technology.

Date Endorsed:

Haramaya, Ethiopia

i
Imprint
First Edition, December 2006
Second Revision, May, 2007
Third Revision, July, 2010

Fourth Revision, August 2012

Fifth Revision, March 2013
Sixth Revision, July 2013
Seventh Revision, December 2017

The document is prepared by

The Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Curriculum Reform/Revision Committee

Haramaya, December 2017

ii
 CONTENTS

1. INTRODUCTION...............................................................................................................6
1.1.Vision Statement .....................................................................................................6
1.2.Mission Statement.....................................................................................................7
2. HISTORY OF THE DEPARTMENT .............................................................................8
2.1.Earliest EE Programs ……………………………… ……………………………8
2.2.The Faculty of Technology .....................................................................................8
2.3.Start and Early Needs for New Directions in Engineering Education .....................9
3. ACADEMIC BACKGROUND OF STUDENTS ...........................................................9
4. INTAKE CAPACITY .....................................................................................................10
5. BACKGROUND OF THE CURRICULUM REFORM .............................................11
6. OBJECTIVES ................................................................... .............................................11
6.1. GENERAL OBJECTIVES ...................................................................................11
6.2. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES......................................................................................11
7. GENERAL ACTIVITIES ..............................................................................................12
7.1.Research and Development.....................................................................................12
7.2.Design ...................................................................................................................12
7.3.Production/Manufacturing......................................................................................12
7.4.Installation, Operation and Maintenance ..............................................................13
7.5. Analysis and Testing ............................................................................................13
7.6.Sales, Consultation and Purchase ..........................................................................13
8. BASIC ABILITIES, SKILLS ........................................................................................13
9. ENGINEERING KNOWLEDGE....................................................................................13
10. GRADUATE PROFILES ..............................................................................................14
10.1. Electrical Engineer with Communication Engineering Focus ........................14
10.2. Electrical Engineer with Electrical Power Engineering Focus .......................14
10.3. Electrical Engineer with Computer Engineering Focus....................................14
10.4. Electrical Engineer with Industrial Control Engineering Focus........................15
11. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE PROGRAM ................................................................... 15
12. DURATION OF THE PROGRAM ............................................................................ 15
13. RATIONALE OF THE PROGRAM .......................................................................... 15
14. STRUCTURE OF THE CURRICULUM..................................................................... 16

iii
15. LECTURE ORIENTED CATEGORIES..................................................................... 19
15.1. Humanity and Social Science Category ........................................................ 19
15.2. Scientific and Engineering Fundamentals Category...................................... 19
15.3. Core Electrical Engineering Category .......................................................... 20
15.4. Communication Engineering Focus............................................................... 20
15.5. Electrical Power Engineering Focus .............................................................. 20
15.6. Computer Engineering Focus ........................................................................ 21
15.7. Industrial Control Engineering Focus .......................................................... 21
16. PRACTICE ORIENTED CATEGORIES ................................................................... 22
16.1. Community based education ......................................................................... 22
16.2. Introduction to Engineering ........................................................................... 22
16.3. Semester Project ............................................................................................ 22
16.4. Internship (Industry Placement) ..................................................................... 22
16.5. B.Sc. Thesis..................................................................................................... 25
17. THE EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM (ECTS) .................................. 26
18. PROGRAM COMPOSITION ..................................................................................... 26
19. COURSE NUMBERING ............................................................................................... 27
20. MODULE CODING ...................................................................................................... 27
21. COURSE LIST .............................................................................................................. 28
21.1. Humanity and Social Science Category ........................................................ 28
21.2. Engineering Science and Mathematics Category ........................................... 28
21.3. Core Electrical Engineering Category ........................................................... 29
21.4. Communication Engineering Category ......................................................... 30
21.5. Electrical Power Engineering Category ........................................................ 30
21.6. Computer Engineering Category..................................................................... 31
21.7. Industrial Control Engineering Category ..................................................... 32
21.8. Internship and Projects ................................................................................. 32
22. ABOUT STUDENTS .................................................................................................... 33
23. ADMISSION OR ILEGIBILITY CRITERIA TO THE PROGRAM ..................... 33
23.1. Admission to Regular Program ...................................................................... 33
23.2. Admission to Continuing Education Program ................................................ 33
23.3. Department Placement ................................................................................... 34

iv
24. TEACHING-LEARNING METHODS AND MATERIALS .................................... 34
24.1. Methodology .................................................................................................. 34
24.2. Tools .............................................................................................................. 35
24.3. Skills to be developed in addition to technical core competencies……........ 36
24.4. Addressing learning needs of all students .................................................... 36
24.5. Different Learning Styles .............................................................................. 37
24.6. Paradigm Shift .............................................................................................. 37
24.7. Strategies ....................................................................................................... 37
24.8. Interactive based Blended e-learning ............................................................ 38
24.9. Development of learner‘s initiatives through project studies ......................... 38
24.10. Community as a setting for participatory based learning .............................. 39
25. EXAMINATION AND GRADING ............................................................................. 39
25.1. Examination System ..................................................................................... . 39
25.2. Examination Pass-Fail Pathways ................................................................... 40
26. QUALITY ASSURANCE ............................................................................................... 41
27. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................... 43
28. DEGREE NOMENCLATURE ................................................................................... 43
29. LIST OF MODULES ..................................................................................................... 44
30. FOCUS AREA SEMESTERS ........................................................................................ 50
31. ADVANCED ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS ................................................. 130
32. ECEG-M2101................................................................................................................ 130

v
1. Introduction

In the modern-days, development of a country mainly depends on the development of the

industries. The development of these sectors significantly depends on the standard of
technical education nurtured by the universities and the technical institutes of the country.

It is observed that most of the developed countries maintain a strong relationship between the
universities and the industries. It is believed that the universities are the gateway of new
technologies. Universities develop new technologies and by co-operating with industries they
implement these technologies to raise the standard and effectiveness of the industry.
Universities take the responsibilities to provide technical human resources for the industries
of any country.

The Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering (ECEg) is one of the largest
departments in the Haramaya Institute of Technology in Haramaya University. The
Department has been serving the country and also advanced the University‘s reputation. It has
trained a significant number of Electrical and Computer Engineers in the country who are
playing key roles in the various sectors of development in the country.

The core Strategy of the Department is to pursue its vision and mission to enhance its
research, linkage with industry, academic and scholarly activities and become a center of
excellence for its programs, thereby improving its eminence in national and international
rankings.

1.1. Vision Statement

The ECEg Department aspires to excel in teaching, research, and industry

linkage/consultancy at a national level as well as regionally and also in producing competent
engineers within the field of electrical, electronic, and computer engineering to solve the
problem of our country and bring about growth.

Realization of this vision requires focusing on specializations relevant to the need of the
country; namely, Communication Engineering, Electrical Power Engineering, Computer
Engineering, and Industrial Control Engineering. This in turn requires institutional
reorganization such as upgrading to faculty level where each discipline may have its own
department.

1
The attainment of this vision will require hard work on the part of Faculty/Department, staff,
and students. This effort will require collaboration with the administration, alumni, industrial
friends, different organizations and other universities.

1.2. Mission Statement

The ECEg Department is preparing young men and women to lead productive and rewarding
professional lives at the fore front of Engineering in the 21st century and pursues research and
linkage with the industry to advance the state-of-the-art in electrical and computer
engineering education.

At present, the Department is running a B.Sc. degree program in a unified Electrical and
Computer Engineering program. In addition, the Department planned to to lounch a
continuing education program that leads to B.Sc. degree.

The graduates of the Department have profound knowledge in basic science, mathematics,
social science and the major disciplines: Communications, Power Engineering, Control
Systems, and Computer Engineering (Hardware & Software).

Electrical and Computer Engineering plays an important role in the development of the
country. The development of the energy, communication, industrial and commercial sectors
need well-qualified Electrical and Computer Engineers. Our graduates are working all over
the country in a variety of jobs. They work in installation, design, testing, research and sales
of electrical devices and systems. Many of them are engaged in Ethiopian Electrical Power
Corporation, in Ethiopian Telecommunication Corporation, in Ethiopian Airlines and in
various other industrial and business organizations.

It is being observed that there is a widespread and fast change in the application and
development in the field of Electrical and Computer Engineering in the country and the world.
Therefore, there is a need for revising the currently running program with respect to the
national and international situation. The Department felt that much is expected from it to
bring about changes in the field of Electrical Engineering, Information and Communication
Technology (ICT) in the country. That is why the Ministry of Capacity Building initiated the
revision of the curriculum in 2005.

2
Today‘s Electrical and Computer Engineers must be able to find solutions to new complex
and challenging technical problems. They must have strong scientific, technical and
managerial skills and be able to integrate technical concepts with practical applications.

This professional profile is prepared for curriculum revision. In the new curriculum more
attention has been given to:

 Current technological advancement in the area,

 The demand from the industries (need of the country),
 Increasing the linkage between the industry and the faculty,
 Enhancing the innovative and problem solving skill of the graduates.

Taking into consideration the requirements of modern industries the department has realized
that there is a need to implement the following four specializations (streams) in the present
undergraduate engineering course.

 Communication Engineering,
 Electrical Power Engineering,
 Computer Engineering, and
 Industrial Control Engineering,

The coverage of these specialized areas will be given during the last three or four semesters of
the present B.Sc. engineering course.

2. History of the Department

The background information on the developments of former Electrical Engineering (EE) and
present Electrical and Computer Engineering (ECEg) programs at Haramaya University are as
follows.

Haramaya University (HU) is one of the oldest public higher education institutions in
Ethiopia. The university has been contributing o the country‘s development especially in
agricultural sectors from since its establishment in 1954 by producing competent and
qualified graduates in different fields of studies. The Institute of Technology (IOT) is the
brain child of HU and was established as an independent institute of the university in the year
2004 at Dire Dawa. Later, in 2009 the institute moved to the main campus following the
establishment of Dire Dawa University. The institute is currently running nine five years BSc,
one four years BSc, an extension degree, and Ph.D study programs. The government of the

3
FDRE has established institute of technologies (IOTs) and provided them with special
autonomy within their mother universities. As per the directive from MOE, the institute re-
structured and re-named as Haramaya Institute of Technology (HiT) and became one of the
11 IoT‘s in the country. The special autonomy granted to HiT ensures fast and efficient
academic activities, administrative and financial resources to achieve its strategic plan.

Electrical and Computer Engineering

2.1. The First EE Program

The first curriculum of the department which was developed in 1997 was adapted mainly
from Technology Faculty of Addis Ababa University. This curriculum used to take five years
of study.

2.2. The Revised EE Program

This first curriculum was revised in 2003 due to the nationwide implementation of a new
education policy which reduced the duration of the program to 4 years. This revised
curriculum was developed to address the change in education policy and the need of the
market by incorporating new courses which were not present in the first curriculum.

2.3. Start and Early Needs for New Directions in Engineering Education

Starting from the earliest historical backgrounds, the Electrical Engineering (EE) programs of
study of Faculty of Technology, xxx has grown and expanded from basic power and
electronics engineering into four streams:

 Communication Engineering,
 Electrical Power Engineering,
 Industrial Control Engineering and
 Computer Engineering
3. Academic Background of Students

Ethiopian schooling is up to 10th grade with a national examination at the end of the 10th
grade. Then students with good passing grade in the national exam join two-year preparatory
study to join higher learning institutions. After completing the preparatory, there is a national
examination again. Those who passed the national exam join

4
 In the new curriculum, students who join the Faculty of Technology (now College of
Engineering and Technology, xxx University further study for one semester as pre-
engineering students. In this assessment semester they are more prepared academically as well
as psychologically for University education and life. They take basic science, mathematics,
and fundamental engineering courses with some humanity and social science courses. At the
end of the semester, these students take examinations on all subjects and who successfully
passed the exam have the possibility to join the Department.

4. Intake Capacity

At the moment there are total of 720 students in the Department. The following table shows
the number of students in the regular and extension undergraduate programs.

Table 1 : Present Number of students in Electrical and Computer Engineering

S/No. Program Undergraduate Total

1 Regular (Full time) 848 848
2 Extension - -
Total 848 848

The department envisages to accepting a total of 250 students per year for the various
modules with the new curriculum. Out of these, 170 are to be regular while 80 are extension
students. The envisaged number of student intake per year for the new curriculum in each
stream is shown in table below.

Table 2: Envisaged yearly student intake including students in each stream

S/No. Program Comm. Power Comp. Control Sum

1 UG-Regular 40 50 30 50 170
2 UG-Extension 20 20 20 20 80
Total 60 70 50 70 250

5
5. Background of the Curriculum Reform

The present course of study, prepared by the Department, is part of the national engineering
education overhaul program initiated by the Ministry of Capacity Building of the Federal
Democratic Republic of Ethiopia. It is basically a refinement of the program with additional
emphasis on relevant and practical training with strong linkage with the industry.

The new curriculum is developed to cater the demand of innovative, highly skilled, practice
oriented, entrepreneur, and ethical man power in the various fields of Electrical and Computer
engineering such as Power Engineering, Industrial Control Engineering, Communication
Engineering, and Computer Engineering.

The students will have options to choose their stream/focus area from the above four basic
divisions. A successful graduate of the program will not only be globally competent but also
have active and decisive role in local industries. The Department will be devoted to research
and development work in line with global research trends and will incorporate the Community
Based Education philosophy of the University, and will contribute to the national
development through innovative projects and extensive research work. It will promote
industrialization by motivating staff and students and offering consultancy services for
prospective investors and entrepreneurs in the stage of industrial setup.

6. Objectives
6.1. General Objectives
 To train high level technical manpower which can participate in the national
development activities;
 To carry out research in the areas of electrical and computer engineering and relevant
to the needs of the Country;
 To render consultancy services to the community.
6.2. Specific Objectives
 To train electrical and computer engineers.
 To prepare graduates with the capability of following the current and future
developments in the field and related applications.
 To enable graduates work as a team in addressing technical problems
 To provide opportunity for workers in the field of electrical technology to upgrade
their knowledge through a continuing education evening program.

6
  To provide graduates with sufficient background to undertake postgraduate training in
any one of the various focus areas of Electrical Engineering discipline.
 To engage students in research that offers optimal solutions to technical problems in
the industry, energy sector, telecommunications, computer applications and other
industrial sectors.
 To offer consultancy service to government, industry and society.

7. Professional Profile

Electrical and Computer Engineering is the branch of engineering that deals with the
technology of electricity and electronics, especially the design and application of electronic
circuit, equipment for power generation and distribution, machine control, communications
and computer hardware and software.

7.1. General Activities

Electrical and computer engineering covers the broadest spectrum of activities among the
engineering disciplines:

Research and Development

 Developing of new products on existing or new technologies.

 Applied research on new technologies and improving the existing technology.

Design

 Designing of required system and /or devices for indigenization (modifying)

 Designing of interface unit to adapt existing devices with new system.
 Modifying existing system to enhance its utilization.

Production/Manufacturing

 Supervising, modifying and optimizing manufacturing process to improve cost

effective yields with quality.

Installation, Operation and Maintenance

 After understanding the procedures as given in manual of manufacturer is able to

install, operate and maintain the systems.

7
Analysis and Testing

 Analyzing and developing test set-ups for testing system/devices to assess the quality,
safety and reliability of performance of the system.
 Trouble shooting and repairing the system.

Sales, Consultation and Purchase

 Sales person for National/ International Companies.

 Consulting Companies to optimize the price-performance of systems.
 Defining and justifying the requirements for sales and purchase.

Basic Abilities, Skills

 Able to understand the state of art techniques, devices, software, protocols.

 Proceeding in methodical approach to solve problems.
 Being a team member communicative, cooperative and transparent.
 Working independently, assuming responsibility.
 Leading, motivating and caring professionals.
 Managing the project, productions, manpower and resources cost effectively.
 Learning life-long, improving the skills and exploring new areas.
 Observing national and international standards and regulation.

Engineering Knowledge

 Fundamental knowledge in engineering mathematics.

 Fundamental knowledge in physics, EM fields, semiconductors, electrical materials,
thermodynamics, static and dynamics.
 Knowledge in electrical machines, electronic analogue and digital circuits, signal &
system, measurements, control, microprocessor and communication.
 Knowledge in computer hardware and software.

Graduate Profiles

The following streams (focus areas) of ECEg are identified as very important for the
development of the country.

8
I. Electrical Engineer with Communication Engineering Focus

 Design and test electronic circuits.

 Design and maximize the utilization of communication network efficiently and with
the least possible delay and adequate quality.
 Able to carry out research in the area of system design/networking and bring solution
in operational settings.
 Able to solve problems in intensive signal processing and routing of information
packets.

II. Electrical Engineer with Electrical Power Engineering Focus

 Plan, design, analyze, develop, operate, control and maintain of electrical power plants
(thermal, hydro, renewable), power apparatus and protection system.
 Plan, design, analyze and develop power transmission and distribution system.
 Design, analysis, construction, installation, control, operation and maintenance of
electrical machines, power electronic devices and drives.

III. Electrical Engineer with Computer Engineering Focus

 Design, develop, analyze and test the hardware and software for systems applicable to
any industries, business, hospitals, institutions and offices.
 Install, operate and maintain computer systems.
 Work as a computer hardware engineer, software engineer, system analyst, data
communication analyst, computer network engineer, database analyst, data
administrator, network administrator, information systems quality assurance analyst,
information system consultant, system tester, system security analyst, customer
support analyst, system auditor, computer service engineer, web designer, webmaster,
interactive media developer.

IV. Electrical Engineer with Industrial Control Engineering Focus

 Design, develop and analyze of control and instrumentation system applied for
monitoring, data acquisition and data analysis of electrical and non-electrical systems
including digital, analogue, robust and higher order controllers.
 Plan, produce, install, implement, operate and maintain the control and
instrumentation systems.

9
Bachelor of Science Program

Duration of the Program

This newly revised ECEg degree program is a 5-year program, including industry internship
semester, which prepares graduates for careers as professional engineers in such areas as
Communication, Electrical Power, Computer and Industrial Control Engineering.

Rationale of the Program

 Engineering in general and electrical/electronic engineering in particular is a highly

dynamic field of study in that the rapid development of the technology doesn‘t allow
leaving academic curricula untouched for a long time. Thus, to minimize the gap between
the state-of-the-art and the teaching process and maintain the relevance and educational
standard, there is always a need for curricula review.
 The basic rationale for all of the Department‘s programs are the prevailing conditions in
the Country with respect to the needs for professionals in this area and the future trends
that are developing in the demands for the profession. The Department has been keenly
following the developments in this regard both within the Country and internationally and
the following provide some of the major facts and observations on which these programs
premised.
 Over the years the Department has trained students the undergraduate instructions have
followed both the national needs and the rapid growth of the discipline - and have now
reached a point where graduates of its undergraduate program are equipped with sufficient
theoretical and practical skills that would enable them to be engaged in work in the
Electrical/Electronic sector of the national economy.
 Ethiopia, like many of the developing countries, is essentially a user of products of
Electrical Engineering technology. So far, the undergraduate program is designed so as to
meet the needs of the main employers of the graduates in the operation and maintenance
of electrical and electronic equipment and machines. To meet these needs the program is
made broad enough to cover most major areas of electrical engineering such as power,
electronics, communications, control, and computers without any particular specialization.
But it has now become necessary to look ahead to the future needs of the country and
provide educational means to meet these needs.
 It is still logical to maintain the broad nature of the undergraduate curricula that affords
the graduates versatility in terms of employment. But it has now become necessary to look
10
 ahead to the future needs of the Country and provide educational means to meet these
needs. The current revision of the curricula has therefore sought to address these through
strengthening all streams.
 With the advent of microelectronics, computers and computer-based equipment have
found wider application in industry and other sectors. The declining prices for these
equipments have also made them affordable and therefore accessible to large segments in
industry. Computer applications have now been diversified and the traditional use of the
computer in data processing and other computational application are only a small part of
these diverse applications.
 The convergence of computers & communication technologies has made it imperative to
provide education that imports knowledge & skill in these two fields concurrently. The
Electrical Engineering Department is well placed to offer such a program through its
currently revised programs.
 The aim is to produce electrical engineers who are flexible across various disciplines; and
are able to apply their knowledge and skills to lead multi-disciplinary teams to solve the
increasingly complex problems of the industry and technology.

Structure of the Curriculum

 The new ECEg curriculum focuses on broad-based training to provide flexibility of career
choices and focused training to provide competence in particular electrical engineering
profession. It finds balance between breadth and depth to provide a solid foundation in the
basic engineering, mathematics, electrical engineering on one hand, and comprehensive
training in humanities and management on the other.
 The assessment semester is intended to consolidate the students' educational background
for higher learning and further help them to adapt to the system.
 In the five consecutive semesters, after the common assessment semester, all the students
take courses mainly in the core electrical engineering category. This provides them with a
broad background for all areas of electrical and electronic engineering. At the end of the
sixth semester, the students will be taking a holistic evaluation that requires an overview
of all the courses taken to make sure that they are ready for the focus area studies and to
indicate inclination of students towards the focus area.
 In the final two years, students are given the opportunity to focus on one of the four areas,
namely communication engineering, electrical power engineering, computer engineering,
and industrial control engineering shown in the flowchart. The students are placed to

11
 the streams based on their inclination, the holistic exam result and the cumulative grade
point (CGPA).
Admission

1 Common Assessment Semester

Humanity & Social Sciences
Engineering Sciences & Mathematics

5 Common Semesters

Core Electrical Engineering

Holistic Examination

Focus?

2 semesters 2 semesters 2 semesters 2 semesters

Communication Electrical Power Computer Industrial Control
Engineering Engineering Engineering Engineering

Industry Internship Semester

1 Focus Area Semesters

and
B.Sc. Thesis

Graduation

12
Lecture Oriented Categories

a)Humanity and Social Science Category

This category has the following main objectives:

 This category helps the students to know the responsibilities and duties of a
good citizen, so that their participation in the development of democratic society
becomes effective;
 To create the power of critical thinking the category provides the techniques &
methods for testing the correctness of many different kind of reasoning
including their own and thereby errors are easily detected;
 To develop effective ways of expressing themselves as well as expressing the
technical details in terms of speaking and writing of English;
 To understand the role of the cost effective methods of doing every task the
students are exposed to the role of economics in society and the role of engineering
economy;
 To understand the role of managers, applicable to different departments of various
industries.

b) Scientific and Engineering Fundamentals Category

 This category helps the student to learn the engineering languages like that of
Mathematics and Engineering Drawing and also provides the fundamental concepts
of Physics for the electrical engineers. It helps the students
 To understand and apply the various concepts of calculus, differential equations,
linear algebra and various engineering series and sequences;
 To understand and express random events for representing the behaviors of signals
embedded in noises;
 To be able to apply various computational methods for modeling technical
operations;
 To understand the fundamental concepts of Statics, and Dynamics for
engineering applications;
 To know and practice the representation in engineering drawing.

13
c) Core Electrical Engineering Category

 This category is the heart of the curriculum, which provides foundation for the
electrical engineering. At later stage students can take up the studies of specialization
on any other branches of Electrical Engineering.
 To understand the fundamental concepts of electrical and electronic engineering;
 To be able to understand the concept of computer architecture and programming and
able to apply to real life applications;
 To be able to understand and analyze electrical networks, signal, and systems;
 To be able to understand the concept of various electrical machines and electrical
power system;
 To learn the digital signal processing techniques and to be able to bring solution to the
problems of real time signal;
 To understand the microprocessor and micro controller and their interfacing and to be
able to handle these hardware;
 To understand the fundamentals of electronic communication and control system.

d) Communication Engineering Focus

Communication engineering involves the transfer of information such as voice, music, data,
videos or graphics, between people or machines at different locations. This focus area helps
the student to get the exposure on the fundamentals of most commonly used electronic
communication techniques in telecommunication and data communication systems. These
students will be able to undertake the higher studies on Electronic Communication.

On the completion of courses in this stream students will be able:

 To participate in design and maximize the utilization of communication links and

network efficiently and with the least possible delay and adequate quality;
 To participate in research in the area of system design/networking and bring solutions
in operational settings;
 To solve problems in intensive signal processing and routing of information packets.

e) Electrical Power Engineering Focus

Students will study power system planning, design, operation, protection and control. They
will gain basic knowledge of electrical power generation, transmission, distribution and

14
utilization of electrical energy. They will also study the economical aspects of power
generation, transmission and distribution systems. The focus area offer courses to familiarize
one with modern power system analysis, design, planning, operation, control, and protection
of power systems.

At the end of the study, the student is expected to:

 To understand all the components of a power system including generation,

transmission, and distribution;
 To participate in research in the area of system design/networking and bring solutions
in operational settings;
 To solve power system problems.

f) Computer Engineering Focus

Computer Engineering involves the design and analysis of computer systems. It encompasses
both hardware and software design. The focus area offers courses such as computer
architecture, microcomputer, software engineering, computer networking and others.

At the end of the study, the student is expected to:

 To understand all the components of a computer hardware and software components;

 To participate in research in the area of system design/networking;

g) Industrial Control Engineering Focus

Students will study the characteristics and designs of industrial automation process. Control
and automation is one of the fast growing branches of electrical engineering with the advent
of electronics and computer. Its application and employment opportunity are almost
everywhere in industry and commercial offices. In this focus area process control, industrial
automation, modern and digital control engineering, power electronics and drive courses, are
given in depth to prepare the student for practical challenges in real world and for post
graduate study.

At the end of the study, the student is expected to:

 To assist in the analysis and design of practical industrial control systems;

 To participate in research in the area of industrial control and instrumentation system;
 To solve industry problems that can result in maximum efficiency and productivity.

15
Practice Oriented Categories
 Community based education

As the Community Based Education is the University‘s philosophy of training, the

Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering has incorporated the Community Based
Training Program in its curriculum as a component in its modular organization. The
Community Based Education provides multi disciplinary training and integrated teaching that
incorporates the University and the surrounding Community.

The community based education module contains the following courses:

 Demographic Survey and Community problem identification

 Appropriate Technology
 Action plan development and Intervention phase

 Introduction to Engineering

During the assessment semester, just before the students choose their area of specialization, a
2-credit course is given to introduce the engineering profession as a whole and also to give the
students the opportunity to deal with the basic technical skills from the wood work, metal
work, electrical work and masonry work. After the assessment semester, each department
offers a series of practice-oriented courses such as workshops and semester projects.

 Semester Project

The 2-credit course (Semester Project) is given to a group of not more than three students in
which the group has to present the results of the semester work to staff of the Department. It is
believed that students get introduced to methods of problem solving, team work and
presentation skill before the B.Sc. thesis.

16
 Internship (Industry Placement)

In industry internship students must be attached with an industry for one regular semester in
order to get real world experience in their field of study, which compliments their education.

 General

The pre-requisite for registration in the industry attachment program is successful completion
of all semesters before the internship program. At the end of their internship, the student and
the internship coach at the industry have to submit a report on the attachment program, which
is evaluated at the departmental committee with pass or fail grade. Students who cannot
obtain a pass mark for the internship program will not be allowed to register for the next
semester. They will be advised to repeat the semester with the next batch of students.

The new Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) curriculum in the Electrical and Computer Engineering
program requires a one-semester internship (industry placement) after the successful
completion of the ‗holistic examination‘ given at the end of the sixth semester of the program.
During the internship, the daily and monthly working times follow the systems practiced in
the respective industry for the upper middle-level management. Specifically, they follow the
system practiced in the respective company that hosts the student. As a rule, the entire
internship period has to be spent in a single company; a change of company during the
internship period will only be permitted under extraordinary circumstances. In such a case, the
decision is with the University-Industry Linkage (UIL) Officer.

A seminar program, organized by the UIL Officer will accompany the internship semester.
Participation in the seminar program is compulsory (mandatory).

At the end of the internship, the student submits to the UIL Officer a comprehensive report,
duly endorsed by the student‘s host company. The report is assigned 30 ECTS. The required
format and assessment of the report is detailed in the Curriculum Handbook for the
department. The report will be assessed by specifically assigned internship program evaluator
(or university professors/lecturers).

Objectives

The internship program has the following objective(s):

17
  Expansion of knowledge and acquaintance with industry in the field of Electrical and
Computer Engineering.
 Consolidation and deepening of existing knowledge in the Electrical and Computer
Engineering design and construction industry.
 Participation in the development, manufacture and assembly of products typical for
the industry.
 Involvement in the planning, steering and management of the design & construction
processes.
 Hands-on training in practical skills typical for the industry. Typically, this would be
participation –individually or within a (task) group– in real assignments/projects,
which entail the application of knowledge and skills attained so far during the studies
at University –and aiming at developing special skills related to the industrial practice
in one or several of the following fields (depending on the type of industry and
company profile):
 Design and construction.
 Laboratory (quality monitoring) work.
 Task management (labor management, logistics).
 Business management, Marketing.

Academic Requirements

The academic requirements for entry into the internship (industry-placement semester) is the
successful completion of the holistic examination, which encompasses all parts of the study
program completed until the end of the 6th semester. As is indicated in the description of the
Internship Module, the Internship program creates the opportunity for the students to
familiarize themselves with the Industry. The Committee proposes that an office be
establishes with the mandate of organizing the Internship for the students.

The office should look for interested employers form the private and public sectors. It should
also create permanent contact with the Construction Industry. The private sectors involve
among others consulting offices and construction firms. The public sector involves the Design
Enterprises established in the Country. The Duration of the internship should be one semester
and it must not necessarilycarry any credits. However, it should be mandatory.

Proof of Finishing an Internship Semester

18
In order to acknowledge an internship semester the student must submit a written report to the
Internship Coordinator. This must be signed by the student‘s host company. This report is
written solely by the student and contains information on the working-out of larger or smaller
themes, with which the student is confronted during the work in the company. It can include
literature study. The report must document the areas in which the student has worked and the
specific knowledge obtained as a result.

For the internship the host company must issue a certificate on the industry project. At the end
of the internship the student has to make a presentation (final seminar) on the results of the
industry project.

The internship semester is granted 30 ECTS points if the student has successfully passed the
semester.

Cost

All matters related to the cost of the internship process will follow Government legislations.
The following items should be included in the budget preparation:

 Insurance (accident during work & trips to/from work)

 Long-distance travel cost (if company is far from University, e.g. another region)
 Daily travel to/from work
 Travel to/from University (e.g. from location of company) to attend the mandatory
seminar
 program organized by the University (if any)
 Accommodation, if the workplace is far from the University
 Cost for printing the comprehensive report
 Remuneration for the internship from the company, if any.

 B.Sc. Thesis

The B.Sc. Thesis is the final element of the B.Sc. study program. The main goal of this course
is to develop the individual creative and problem solving ability of graduates. Students will
receive an individual project specification from various areas and work them out individually
under the supervision of faculty advisor or/and professional advisor from the industry. The
candidate use all the theoretical knowledge and practical skill he obtained during his/her study
to solve the engineering problem in a scientific way which includes problem analysis,

19
solution, verification, implementation, documentation, and presentation. B.Sc. Thesis is
defended in front of the official committee at the end of the study.

The European Credit Transfer System (ECTS)

The conventional credit system used in higher education systems is mainly based on student
contact hours in class and laboratory sessions. A new system of credit system is introduced
that takes the extra hours a student spends for the course in addition to lectures, tutorials, and
laboratory practical. In ECTS credits are values, allocated to course units, to describe the
student workload required to complete a course including attending lectures, seminars,
independent and private study, preparation of projects and examinations.

In this revised curriculum, the ECTS equivalent of the old credit system has been estimated
and shown for each course in the course breakdown. In ECTS, one credit stands for 25-30
hours of work activity. A semester study within this system is set at 30 ECTS points (750-900
hours).

Program Composition

The total credit hour requirement for graduation in any one of the streams is 158 (300ECTS)
of which 105 credits (180ECTS) are covered during the first six common semesters composed
of courses from the three basic categories: Humanity and social science, Scientific and
engineering fundamentals and Core electrical engineering. The remaining credit hours, i.e., 53
credit hours (120ECTS), are given during the last four focus area semesters which consists of
Focus area courses, Internship and B.Sc. Thesis. The categories are summarized in the
following table.

Category ECTS Percent

Humanity and Social Sciences 34 11.26
Engineering Science & Mathematics 50 16.56
Core Electrical Engineering 101 33.44
Focus Area (Average) 71 23.51
Internship & Projects 46 15.23
Total 302 100

20
A student is expected to choose one of the four focus areas Communication, Electrical
Power, Computer, or Industrial Control Engineering at the end of the sixth semester.

Course Numbering

The four-digit course (ECEg 1234) numbering system allows one to identify:

 The Course Offering Department – in this case ECEg - the department of Electrical &
Computer Engineering,
 The Year along the program in which the course if offered by the department,
 The module (the middle two digits indicate the module number the course belongs to)
 The sequence of courses in a module
 Common courses in the stream are given the same course coding depending on the
stream it belongs to

Exceptions to this coding are SpSc, Econ, Phil, CvEt, EnLa, EnLa, EnLa service courses
from Social Sciences; Mathematics courses Math and other Engineering Courses offered by
other Engineering departments CEng (Statics), MEng (Engineering Drawing), MEng
(Dynamics), and MEng (Engineering Thermodynamics). The numbering given by the
departments concerned for such courses have been kept as they are.

Module Coding

The four-digit module (ECEg 1234) numbering system allows one to identify:

 The Module Offering Department – in this case ECEg - the department of Electrical &
Computer Engineering,
 The Year along the program in which the module if offered by the department,( in
case where module extends over two different years, the year in which the module is
began is taken in to consideration)
 The module (the middle two digits indicate the module number
 The category of the courses in the module

21
Course List

0. Humanity and Social Science Category

Course No Course Title ECTS Crhr Lect. Tut Lab Home
study
Enla1011 Communicative English Skills Skills 5 2 3 - 3
Enla1012 Basic Writing Skills 5 2 3 - 3
Econ1063 Introduction to Economics 4 3 - - 4
Phil1022 Introduction to Logic (Reasoning Skill) 3 2 1 - 2
CvEt1011 Civics & Ethical Educations 5 2 3 - 4
IEng5361 Engineering Entrepreneurship 4 2 2 - 4
IEng5362 Industrial Management & Engineering 5 2 3 - 3
Economy
ECEg4341 Research Methods & Presentation 3 2 - - 3
Total 34

1. Engineering Science and Mathematics Category

Course No Course Title ECTS Crhr Lect. Tut Lab Home
study
GEng1031 Introduction to Engineering Professions 2 1 - - 2
MEng1061 MEng1061 Engineering Drawing 5 2 - 3 3
Math1021 Applied MathematicsI 6 3 3 - 4
Math1022 Applied Mathematics II 6 3 3 - 4
Math2023 Applied Mathematics III 6 3 3 - 4
CEng1031 Engineering Mechanics I (Statics) 5 2 3 - 3
MEng1062 Engineering Mechanics II (Dynamics) 5 2 3 - 3
MEng2111 Engineering Thermodynamics 4 2 2 - 3
ECEg2033 Introduction to Computing 5 2 - 3 3
ECEg2113 Computational Methods 6 3 - 3 4
Total 50

22
 2. Core Electrical Engineering Category
Course No Course Title ECTS Crhr Lect. Tut Lab Home
study
ECEg1071 Fundamental of Electrical Engineering 6 3 3 - 4
ECEg1072 Electrical Engineering Lab I 3 - - 3 2
ECEg2121 Signals and Systems Analysis 6 3 3 - 4
ECEg2111 Applied Electronics I 5 3 3 - 3
ECEg2113 Applied Electronics II 5 3 3 - 3
ECEg2112 Electrical Engineering Lab II 3 - - 3 2
ECEg2114 Electrical Engineering Lab III 3 - - 3 2
ECEg2073 Electrical Workshop Practice I 2 3 1
ECEg3133 Electrical Workshop Practice II 4 - - 6 1
ECEg2092 Electromagnetic Fields 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg2091 Applied Modern Physics 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg3153 Introduction to Control Systems 6 2 3 2 3
ECEg3141 Digital Logic Design 6 2 2 3 3
ECEg3152 Introduction to Communication Systems 6 2 3 2 3
ECEg3131 Introduction to Electrical Machines 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg3132 Electrical Engineering Lab IV 3 - - 3 2
ECEg3151 Digital Signal Processing 6 2 3 2 3
ECEg2104 Probability and Random Processes 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg3122 Network Analysis & Synthesis 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg4155 Electrical Measurement and Instrumentation 5 2 - 3 3
ECEg3093 Electrical Materials andTechnology 5 2 3 - 3
Total 104

23
 3. Communication Engineering Category
Course No Course Title ECTS Crhr Lect. Tut Lab Home
study
ECEg4172 Communication Systems 5 3 - 3 4
ECEg4291 EM Wave & Guided Structures 5 3 - 3 3
ECEg4282 Telecommunication Networks 5 2 3 - 2
ECEg4292 Antennas and Radio Wave Propagation 5 3 - 3 3
ECEg4301 Microwave Devices and Systems 5 3 - 3 3
ECEg4283 Wireless and Mobile Communications 5 3 - 3 3
ECEg4302 Optics and Optical Communication 5 3 - 3 3
ECEg4261 Microelectronic Devices and Circuits 5 2 - 3 3
ECEg5284 Switching & Intelligent Networks 4 2 2 - 2
Total 44

4. Electrical Power Engineering Category

Course No Course Title ECTS Crhr Lect. Tut Lab Home
study
ECEg4221 Electrical Machines 6 2 3 2 3
ECEg4241 Electrical Installation 5 2 3 - 4
ECEg3154 Introduction to Power Systems 6 3 - 3 4
ECEg4242 Energy Conversion and Rural Electrification 6 3 3 - 3
ECEg4222 Power Electronics & Electric Drives 6 2 3 2 3
ECEg4231 Power Systems 5 2 3 2 3
ECEg4251 Power System Planning &Operation 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg4232 Power System Protection &Control 6 2 3 2 3
ECEg4243 Hydropower Engineering 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg5252 Computer Applications in Power System 5 2 1 2 3

Total 55

24
 5. Computer Engineering Category
Course No Course Title ECTS Crhr Lect. Tut Lab Home
study
ECEg3142 Object-Oriented programming 5 2 - 3 3
ECEg Microcomputers & Interfacing 6 2 1 3 4
ECEg4191 Data Communication and Computer 5 2 - 3 3
Networks
ECEg4192 Computer Network Security 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg5193 Advanced Computer Networks 5 3 - 3 3
ECEg4171 Data Structures & Algorithm 6 2 2 2 4
ECEg4172 Database Systems 5 2 - 3 4
ECEg4183 Software Engineering 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg4181 Operating Systems 5 2 - 3 3
ECEg4182 Programming Languages 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg4202 Embedded Systems 5 2 1 2 3
ECEg4201 VLSI Design 5 2 3 - 3
Total 62

6. Industrial Control Engineering Category

Course No Course Title ECTS Crhr Lect. Tut Lab Home
study
ECEg4321 Modern Control Systems 5 2 - 3 3
ECEg4323 Instrumentation Engineering 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg4322 Digital Control Systems 5 2 - 3 3
ECEg5332 Industrial Automation and Introduction to 6 3 3 - 3
Robotics
ECEg4333 Process Control Fundamentals 5 2 - 3 3
ECEg5324 Neural Networks & Fuzzy Logic control 5 2 - 3 3
Total 30

25
 7. Internship and Projects

Course No Course Title ECTS Crhr Lect. Tut Lab Home

study
ECEg5351 Industry Internship 30 - 20 - 30
ECEg4342 Semester Project 4 - - 4 -
ECEg5371 B.Sc thesis 12 - - 18 2
Total 46

About Students

Admission or Legibility Criteria to the Program

Admissions to all regular undergraduate programs are processed through the Ministry of
Education (MoE) of the Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia. This is currently true for all
public Higher Education Institutes across the whole nation. Admissions to the continuing
education program (CEP) are processed through the Faculty‘s registrar office based on the
criteria set by the University.

Admission to Regular Program

Students who have successfully completed the 10 plus 2 years preparatory secondary
education and have secured a minimum cutoff point with high scores in Physics and
Mathematics are eligible to join the regular undergraduate B.Sc. degree program in Electrical
and Computer Engineering.

Depending on available spaces, diploma graduates from TVET (Technical Vocational

Education and Training) in the fields of Electrical and Computer Engineering will be admitted
based on grades on competitive basis.

Applicants with a minimum cutoff point and with high scores in Physics and Mathematics in
foreign countries examinations equivalent to the 10+2 preparatory program are also eligible.
The equivalence is determined by department.

26
Admission to Continuing Education Program

The criteria set for admission to the regular program will be employed as the criteria for
admission to the continuing education program. Candidates who are diploma graduates from
an engineering faculty, TVET or similar recognized college in the fields of Electrical and
Computer Engineering with a minimum cutoff point will be admitted based on space
availability, and competitive basis.

Limited numbers of junior staff such as technical assistants in relevant field may be admitted
each year based on non-competitive basis provided that he/she:

a) has served the University for a minimum of 2 consecutive years.

b) meet the minimum admission requirement set for the program.
c) obtain letter of recommendation from the Head of the Department and approval the
College Academic Commission and consequently, letter of Admission from the
University‘s Registrar.
d) sign an undertaking to serve the University after graduation, at least two years of
service for one complete year of study.

Department Placement

After successful completion of the orientation semester (1stsemester), students will choose
academic departments according to their desired field of study. In view of the high number of
applicants, admission to the Electrical and Computer Engineering department is usually on
competitive basis based on academic performance. 20% of the total available places shall be
reserved for females in addition to their right to compete in the 80% places. The department
admits on average 150 students every year.

Teaching-Learning Methods and Materials

The core philosophy of the teaching-learning process would be focused at producing a

graduate who is sensitized towards community problems and who can bring about a capable
change employable problem solver through knowledge application in the real life setting
tuned towards continuous self-learning, and geared up to meet challenges and to carry
forward the task of industrial and national development.

27
Methodology

The teaching-learning methods to be adopted, for the transfer and/or acquisition of knowledge
and skill development includes

 Classroom Lectures backed up by Course-Work Projects, Tutorials and

Assignments,
 Lectures by Industry professionals and resource persons on a periodic basis
 Interactive based ―Blended E-Learning‖ and other such self learning modules,
 Workshop Practice and Laboratory Exercises,
 Practical Demonstrations,
 Audio-Visual teaching materials,
 Cut-Sectional Model Studies,
 Wall mounted display charts
 Field visits related to community development/intervention
 Industrial visits.
 Practical and development oriented design projects
 Individual and group seminars/Presentations
 Group tasks/discussions/Case studies
 Brain storming sessions
 Assembling/disassembling of real world prototypes

Taking a cue from the dictum of learning which says ―You may hear and forget, you may see
and remember but you do and learn‖, action oriented and student-centered learning would be
emphasized as the modus operandi while underlining the significance of inducing curiosity
for continuous self learning as the catalyst for effective assimilation of knowledge and its
application in concrete situations.

Tools

 Black boards
 White boards
 Over-head Projectors
 LCD Projectors
 Audio-visual equipment
 ICT related peripherals and software

28
Most of the lectures requiring graphical display of constructional features in minute detail
shall be conducted using LCD projectors. Animation is to be employed where applicable for
better impact and visualization. Text books and references are available in the Technology
Faculty library. A computer center of the department having a modest number of computers
is available for any problem solving that requires computers. A design room with 40
computers and the requisite software shall be established during implementation.

Skills to be developed in addition to technical core competencies

Due emphasis would be given in the teaching-learning process, not only towards the building
of technical and professional core competencies but also for imparting and developing the
following:

 Practical problem solving skills,

 Analytical and modeling skills,
 Computer-related skills
 Reasoning skills,
 Fault diagnosis-repair and maintenance skills,
 Innovative product design and development skills,
 Drafting skills
 Reporting /Communication skills
 Managerial/Organizational skills
 Behavioral and interpersonal skills

Addressing learning needs of all students

An objective of education should be to help students build their skills in both their preferred
and less preferred modes of learning. Learning style models that categorize these modes
provide good frame works for designing instruction in engineering education with the desired
breadth. Four different learning style models like;

 The Myers-Briggs Type Indicator (MBTI),

 Kolb‘s Learning Style Model (KLSM),
 Herrmann Brain Dominance Instrument (HBDI) and
 Felder-Silverman Learning Style Model (FSLM) have been used effectively in
engineering education in this regard.

29
A learning style model is useful if balancing instruction on each of the model dimensions
meets the learning needs of essentially all students in a class.

Different Learning Styles

The MBTI model classifies students either as extraverts or introverts, sensors or intuitors,
thinkers or feelers and judgers or perceivers. These MBTI preferences can be combined to
form 16 different learning style types. The KLSM categorizes students as having a preference
for concrete experience or abstract conceptualization and active experimentation or reflective
observation. The HBDI method classifies students in terms of their relative preferences for
thinking in four different modes based on the task-specialized functioning of the physical
brain.

Paradigm Shift

When one takes a closer look at some of the lacunae noticed in the present practice of
engineering instruction, the need for a paradigm shift to remedy the situation becomes
essential. For the past few decades, most engineering instruction has been heavily biased
toward intuitive, verbal, deductive, reflective and sequential learners. However, relatively few
engineering students fall into all four of the above mentioned categories. Thus most
engineering students receive an education that is mismatched to their learning styles. This
could hurt their performance in tapping their creative potential and their attitudes toward their
courses as well their career. Teaching students about learning styles helps them learn the
course material because they become aware of their thinking processes. A variety of teaching
methods such as group problem solving, brainstorming activities, creative and innovative
design projects and writing exercises in addition to formal lecturing would greatly help in this
regard. HBDI also can serve several important functions that include: helping students gain
insight into their learning styles and formulate successful learning strategies, helping
instructors understand student‘s questions, comments and answers in the context of their
thinking preferences, helping instructors and students form whole-brain teams for optimum
problem solving and assessing the influence of curriculum changes on individual and
collective student thinking skills.

30
Strategies

Instructors could greatly improve engineering instruction by increasing the use of methods
oriented toward active learners (participatory activities, field related assignment works, team
projects), sensing learners (guided practice, real-world applications of fundamental material),
and global learners (providing the big picture, showing connections to related material in
other courses and to the students‘ experience). It is noted that presenting facts and familiar
phenomena first and then to theories and mathematical models rather than always using the
―fundamentals, then applications‖ approach makes it much more effective.

Greater emphasis on active learning experiences in class, replacing formula substitution

problems with open-ended questions and problem formulation exercises, usage of extensive
cooperative learning and to get the students to teach one another rather than rely exclusively
on the instructor can lead to improved student learning, satisfaction with their instruction as
well as self confidence that can do wonders to their morale.

Interactive based Blended e-learning

The more the learner gets involved in the learning process, the better he will be able to absorb,
process and retain the information and make use of it in concrete situations. In the active
mode of knowledge and competence construction, the learner is supported by the teacher- and
also by means of targeted and structured technical impulses The knowledge has a generally
higher relevance as regards the implementation in practice- the transfer turns out to be easier
and the learner experiences learning as a process that he himself can control and steer in steps.
In this context, the potential of blended e-learning (integration of traditional and e-learning)
can be exploited and hence is to be practiced, to the extent possible, by the use of media and
a Learning Management System (LMS). This can be done by supporting the students to
acquire learning contents themselves and by assisting them as a mentor –not only in situations
of physical presence in the class room, but also outside the class room in the computer lab
using the University‘s own intranet or may be in the internet or even in a field setting. A
teacher can develop new and more interactive learning methods through the use of LMS and
e-learning platforms, depending on the scope and content of his own specific subjects.
Concerted efforts would be made by one and all concerned for its implementation

31
Development of learner’s initiatives through project studies

Through these project study courses, the learner‘s initiatives are expected to be developed for
use in the world of work. Students would be required to identify the actual problems during
the course of their industrial internship, analyze them exhaustively for proposing and
developing viable solutions for their ultimate implementation. This exercise is meant give the
much needed boost to augment their real life problem solving skills desperately needed in the
present local context. The scope of these project studies would be so formulated as to create
avenues for the learner to realize his innate creative potential through self learning and testing,
either in physical or virtual reality as may be applicable.

In the end, learners would acquire the confidence of practicing what they have learnt. This can
act as stepping stone for him to attempt and launch developmental endeavors in the long run.

Community as a setting for participatory based learning

The learning activities would be extended in to the local communities for making the
education not only learner-centered but also participatory in nature. Teachers, students,
community, governmental and non-governmental /developmental organizations would all be
involved as stakeholders to empower people and affect development in real terms. Students
would be required to identify problems affecting assigned communities, prioritize them for
development of action plans and for implementation and evaluation, adopting all the while an
interdisciplinary approach. Apart from honing their application and problem solving skills,
this would also enable the students to imbibe a sense of professional commitment to mitigate
the suffering of their fellow citizens, while using technology as a driving force for
development. The whole exercise is meant to integrate educational training, research and
service, both for achieving professional relevance as well as to carry forward the task of
development in the local context

Examination and Grading

At the end of each semester, the student sits for final examinations of the courses he/she has
attended (minimum 80% for lectures and tutorials, 100% for practical exercises). A student
must pass the examinations for all the courses in addition to the Holistic Examination at the
end of the sixth semester.

32
Examination System

Most courses will be assessed by a combination of written and oral examinations. Reports on
project work should also be part and parcel of the assessment metrics. The design activities
shall be assessed entirely by course work and this often shall include assessment of oral
presentations.

According to the revised curriculum, in addition to regular quizzes, home works, and
assignments, the students will undertake one major exam for most courses at the end of each
semester (Final Exam). Some senior courses may not have Mid-term Exams; instead students
will be evaluated based on project work. In addition, the students will take a holistic
examination covering all basic study modules before they leave for their internship.

In the final year, students should be required to present and defend their B.Sc. thesis work in
front of examining professors and interested audience.

Examination Pass-Fail Pathways

Pass Grade  Ok
Fail Grade  Immediate repeat of
FX exam or part failed
(re-sit exam)
Pass Grade  OK
Fail Grade FX  Resultant Fail Grade F

Fail Grade  Re-take course or

F failed part of course
Pass Grade  OK
Fail Grade FX Immediate repeat of
exam or part failed (re-
sit exam)
Pass Grade  OK
Fail Grade FX  Resultant Fail
Grade F
Fail Grade F  End of study
Fail Grade F  End of study

33
Grading System and ECTS Grade Transfer

Xxx* Grade ECTS Grade Designation Class Class

Exam Score Grade Corresponding Description
fixed number
grade
[90,100] A+ 4.00 Very Great
[85,90) A 4.00 Excellent Distinction
[80,85) A- 3.75 Great First Class
Distinction
[75,80) B+ 3.50 Very Good Distinction
[70,75) B 3.00
[65,70) B- 2.75 Good
[60,65) C+ 2.50 Second class
[50,60) C 2.00 Satisfactory
[45,50) C- 1.75 Unsatisfactory
[40,45) D 1.00 Very poor Lower class
[30,40) FX 0 Fail
<30 F 0

*XU – Haramaya University.

Explanations:

1). A student who passed (i.e. ECTS grades A – E) cannot re-take an examination in order to
improve his/her grade.

2) A student who failed with grade ‗FX‘ can re-take the examination once in a specially
organized re-sit examination. A re-sit examination has to be offered by the instructor in
charge of the course during the semester directly following the course, if at least one student
obtained grade FX. If the student fails the re-sit examination with grade ‗FX‘, he/she will be
treated as if the course was failed with grade ‗F‘.

3) A student who failed with grade ‗F‘ needs to re-take the entire course at the next
opportunity it is offered. If, in the following examination he/she fails again with grade ‗F‘

34
he/she will not be awarded any ECTS credits for that course. Special cases will be decided
upon by the College‘s Academic Commission. The College‘s Academic Commission can
make exceptions to this rule, taking into consideration individual circumstances and merits of
the student. The decision of the College‘s Academic Commission must be unanimous. If a
unanimous decision cannot be reached after two consecutive board meetings in which the case
was discussed, the chairperson (Dean of the College) of the commission makes the final and
binding decision.

If the grade of a single course is a product of several parts (e.g. written exam, assignment
reports, presentation) that are evaluated individually (refer to respective course description),
the entire course is considered failed if the student fails any of the individually assessed parts,
even if the overall average of all parts would result into a pass mark. In such a case, only the
part of the examination which was failed needs to be repeated according to the rules and
procedures for repeating failed examinations.

For examinations evaluated by an examination committee, the arithmetic mean of the

percentage points awarded by each examination committee member, rounded to the nearest
higher number, will be used as the basis of determining the grade.

Quality Assurance

Quality assurance can be used as an instrument to improve the system continuously, install
accountability and enable compatibility with other higher education systems. The quality of
the program is assessed in terms of the instruction performance and impact of program on the
quality of graduates looking for a job or further studies. The following factors help to ensure
the quality of the education:

 In order to maintain the level of courses, course description are prepared in detail
containing course objectives, learning outcome, course outline, textbooks, references
and laboratory tasks.
 With regard to instruction performance, in line with the University policy, student
evaluations are taken into account. The feedbacks from the students are used to
improve the quality of instruction.
 Examinations are assessed by Departmental Examination Committee to verify the
level of the courses instruction.

35
  Industry feedback will be an integral part of the process of quality assurance. The
quality of graduates is measured with the feedback obtained from the employers and
stakeholders who are the immediate beneficiaries of the program and also the
graduates who are able to rate their own confidence in meeting the challenges they
encounter after graduation.
 Alumni contacts will be established to find out feedbacks how successful the
education they had at the Department has actually been helpful and what actions to
take for further improvement on the study program.

Graduation Requirements

Students must take and pass all the required courses to satisfy the requirements for
graduation. The total number of credit points required for graduation with the Degree of
Bachelor of Science in all the four focus areas of Electrical and Computer Engineering is 300
ECTS (158credit hours), including the 30 ECTS mandatory internship (industry placement).
Besides the total credit hour required for graduation student‘s

(a) overall cumulative grade point average (CGPA),

(b) CGPA for the core electrical engineering courses, and
(c) CGPA for focus area courses must each be at least 2.0 for successful completion.

Degree Nomenclature

After successful completion of all the requirements a student graduating from the Electrical
and Computer Engineering department in one of the respective focus areas will be entitled:

 Bachelor of Science Degree in Electrical Engineering (Communications Focus )‖

¾dÃ‖e v‹K` Ç=Ó] u›?K?¡ƒ]ŸM UQ‖Ée― (¢T>¿‘>Ÿ?i‖ ዘርፍ)
 ―Bachelor of Science Degree in Electrical Engineering (Electrical Power Focus )‖
¾dÃ‖e v‹K` Ç=Ó] u›?K?¡ƒ]ŸM UQ‖Ée― (›?K?¡ƒ]ŸM û¨` ዘርፍ)
 ―Bachelor of Science Degree in Electrical Engineering (Computer Engineering
Focus)‖ ¾dÃ‖e v‹K` Ç=Ó] ›?K?¡ƒ]ŸM UQ‖Ée― (¢Uú¿}` ዘርፍ)
 ―Bachelor of Science Degree in Electrical Engineering (Industrial Control Focus )‖
¾dÃ‖e v‹K` Ç=Ó] u›?K?¡ƒ]ŸM UQ‖Ée― (›=‖Æeƒ]ÁM ¢‖ƒaM ዘርፍ)

36
 List of Modules

Module Module Code Module Title Courses Course Course Module

Number Codes EtCTS EtCTS
01 EnLa- M1013 Basic English Communicative English Skills Skills EnLa1011 5
Skills Basic Writing Skills EnLa1012 5 10
Reasoning Skill & Civics and Ethical Education CvEt1011 5
02 CESt-M1023 Civics Introduction to Logic (Reasoning Phil1022 3 8
Skill)
Basic Engineering Introduction to Engineering GEng1031 2
03 GEng-M1033 Skills Profession
Engineering Drawing MEng1061 5 12
Introduction to Computing ECEg2033 5
04 GEng-M1043 Engineering Engineering Mechanics(Statics) CEng1031 5
Mechanics Engineering Mechanics(Dynamics) MEng1062 5 10
05 Math-M1053 Applied Applied Mathematics I Math1021 6 12
Mathematics Applied Mathematics II Math1022 6
06 Econ- M1063 Basic Economics Introduction to Economics Econ1063 4 4
Fundamental of Electrical ECEg1071 6
07 ECEg-M1071 Basic Electrical Engineering
Engineering Electrical Engineering Lab I ECEg1072 3 11
Electrical Workshop Practice I ECEg2073 2
08 MEng-M2083 Engineering Engineering Thermodynamics MEng2111 4 4
Thermodynamics

ECEg-M2091 Electromagnetism Applied Modern Physics ECEg2091 5

09 and Electrical Electromagnetic Fields ECEg2092 5 15
Materials Electrical Materials and Technology ECEg3093 5
ECEg-M2101 Advanced Applied Mathematics III Math2023 6
10 Engineering Computational Methods ECEg2103 6 17
Mathematics Probability and Random Process ECEg2104 5
Applied Electronics I ECEg2111 5
11 ECEg-M2111 Applied Electronics Electrical Engineering Lab II ECEg2112 3 16
Applied Electronics II ECEg2113 5
Electrical Engineering Lab III ECEg2114 3
12 ECEg-M2121 Signals and Signals and Systems Analysis ECEg2121 6

37
 Networks Analysis Network Analysis and Synthesis ECEg3122 6 12
13 ECEg-M3131 Basic Electrical Introduction to Electrical ECEg3131 5
Machines Machines 12
Electrical Engineering Lab IV ECEg3132 3
Electrical Workshop Practice II ECEg3133 4
14 ECEg-M3141 Computer Digital Logic Design ECEg3141 6
Architecture and Object Oriented Programming ECEg3142 5 16
Programming Computer Architectures & ECEg3143 5
Organization
Electrical Digital Signal Processing ECEg3151 6
ECEg-M3151 Systems Intro. to Communication Systems ECEg3152 6
15 Engineering Intro. to Control Systems ECEg3153 6 29
Introduction to Power systems ECEg3154 6
Electrical Measurement & ECEg4155 5
Instrumentation
Focus area Modules for Year IV and Year V

1. Computer Engineering

Module Module Module Title Courses Course Course Module

Number Code Codes EtCTS EtCTS
16 ECEg- Microcomputer Microcomputer and Interfacing ECEg4161 6 6
M4161 and Interfacing
17 ECEg- Data Storage and Data Structures & Algorithm ECEg4171 6
M4171 Analysis Data Base System ECEg4172 5 11
ECEg- ProgrammingConcepts Operating systems ECEg4181 5
18 M4181 & Software Programming Languages ECEg4182 5 15
Engineering Software Engineering ECEg4183 5
ECEg- Computer Data Communication and ECEg4191 5
19 M4191 Networks and Computer Networks 10
Security Advanced Computer Networks ECEg5193 5
Computer Network Security ECEg4192 5
20 ECEg- Embedded VLSI Design ECEg4201 5
M4201 Systems and Embedded Systems ECEg4202 5 16
automation Industrial Automation and ECEg5332 6
Introduction to Robotics

38
 2. Electrical Power Engineering

Module Module Code Module Title Courses Course Course Module

Number Codes EtCTS EtCTS
21 ECEg-M4211 Modern Control Modern Control Systems ECEg4321 5 5
Systems
22 ECEg-M4221 Electrical Machines Electrical Machines ECEg4221 6
and Drives Power Electronics and ECEg4222 6 12
Electric Drives
23 ECEg-M4231 Power Engineering I Power System ECEg4231 6
Power System ECEg4232 6 12
Protection and Control
ECEg-M4241 Energy Conversion Electrical Installation ECEg4241 5
24 and distribution Energy Conversion and Rural ECEg4242 6 16
Electrification
Hydropower Engineering ECEg4243 5
25 ECEg-M4251 Electrical Power Power System Planning and ECEg4251 6
Engineering I Operation 11
Computer Application in ECEg5252 5
Power Systems

3. Communication Engineering

Module Module Module Title Courses Course Course Module

Number Code Codes EtCTS EtCTS
16 ECEg- Microcomputer Microcomputer and Interfacing ECEg4161 6 6
M4161 and Interfacing
26 ECEg- Microelectronic Microelectronic Devices and ECEg4261 5 5
M4261 Devices & Circuits Circuits
27 ECEg- Communication System Communication Systems ECEg4272 5 5
M4271

ECEg- Data and Telecom Data Communication and ECEg4191 5

28 M4281 Network Computer Networks
Telecommunication Networks ECEg4283 5

39
 Wireless and Mobile Communication ECEg4284 5 22
Switching and Intelligent Networks ECEg5285 2
Advanced Computer Networks ECEg5193 5
ECEg- EM Waves and EM Waves and Guide Structures ECEg4291 5
29 M4291 Antennas Antennas and Radio Wave ECEg4292 5 10
Propagation
ECEg- Microwave and Optical Microwave Devices and Systems ECEg4301 5
30 M4301 Communication Optics and Optical Communication ECEg4302 5 10

4. Industrial Control Engineering

Module Module Module Title Courses Course Course Module

Number Code Codes EtCTS EtCTS
16 ECEg- Microcomputer Microcomputer and Interfacing ECEg4161 6 6
M4161 and Interfacing
Electrical Electrical Installation ECEg4241 5
31 ECEg- Installation and Electrical Machines ECEg4221 6
M4311 Machine Derives Power Electronics and Drives ECEg4222 6 17
ECEg- Instrumentation Modern Control systems ECEg4321 5
32 M4321 and Control Digital Control Systems ECEg4322 5
Engineering Instrumentation Engineering ECEg4323 5 20
Neural Networks & Fuzzy Logic ECEg5324 5
Control
ECEg- Control Embedded Systems ECEg4202 5
33 M4331 Applications Industrial Automation and ECEg5332 6
Introduction to Robotics 16
Process Control Fundamentals ECEg4333 5

5. Common modules

Module Module Module Title Courses Course Course Module

Number Code Codes EtCTS EtCTS
34 ECEg- Project and Research Methods and Presentation ECEg4341 3
M4341 Presentation Semester Project ECEg4342 4 7
35 ECEg- Internship Industry Internship ECEg5351 30 30

40
 M4351
ECEg- Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship IEng5361 4
36 M4361 and Managerial Industrial Management and IEng5362 5 9
skills Engineering
ECEg- B.Sc. Project B.Sc. Project ECEg5371 12 12
37 M4371

41
 Semester Course Breakdown

First Year, First Semester

Course Code Course Title ECTS Crhr Lec. Tut. Lab Home
study
GEng1031 Introduction to Engineering Profession 2 1 - - 2

CvEt1011 Civics and Ethical Education 5 3 1 - 4

EnLa1011 Communicative English 5 2 3 - 3

Math1021 Applied MathematicsI 6 3 3 - 4

CEng1031 Engineering Mechanics-I (Statics) 5 2 3 - 3

MEng1061 Engineering Drawing 5 2 - 3 3

Total 28 13 10 3 19

First Year, Second Semester

Course Code Course Title ECTS Crhr Lec. Tut. Lab Home
study
ECEg1071 Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering 6 3 3 - 4
ECEg1072 Electrical Engineering Laboratory I 3 - - 3 2
Phil1022 Logic & Reasoning Skill 3 3 - - 2
EnLa1012 Basic Writing Skills 5 2 3 - 3
Econ1063 Introduction to Economics 4 3 - - 4
Math1022 Applied Mathematics II 6 3 3 - 4
MEng1062 Engineering Mechanics-II(Dynamics) 5 2 3 - 3
Total 32 13 12 3 22

42
 Second Year, First Semester

Course Code Course Title ECTS Crhr Lec. Tut. Lab Home
study
ECEg2033 Introduction to Computing 5 2 - 3 3
Math2023 Applied Mathematics III 6 3 3 - 4
ECEg2091 Applied Modern Physics 5 2 3 - 3
MEng2111 Engineering Thermodynamics 4 2 2 - 3
ECEg2111 Applied Electronics I 5 3 3 - 3
ECEg2112 Electrical Engineering Laboratory II 3 - - 3 2
ECEg2073 Electrical Workshop Practice I 2 - - 3 1
Total 32 12 11 9 9

Second Year, Second Semester

Course Code Course Title ECTS Crhr Lec. Tut. Lab Home

study
ECEg2103 Computational Methods 6 3 - 3 4
ECEg2104 Probability and Random Process 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg2092 Electromagnetic Fields 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg2121 Signals and System Analysis 6 3 3 - 4
ECEg2113 Applied Electronics II 5 3 3 - 3
ECEg2114 Electrical Engineering Laboratory III 3 - - 3 2
Total 30 14 12 6 19
Third Year, First Semester

Course Code Course Title ECTS Crhr Lec. Tut. Lab Home
study
ECEg3142 Object Oriented Programming 5 2 - 3 3
ECEg3093 Electrical Materials and Technology 5 2 3 3 3
ECEg3122 Network Analysis and Synthesis 5 2 3 2 4
ECEg3131 Introduction to Electrical Machines 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg3132 Electrical Engineering Laboratory IV 3 - - 3 3
ECEg3141 Digital Logic Design 6 2 2 3 3
Total 29 11 11 9 18

43
 Third Year, Second Semester

Course Code Course Title ECTS Crhr Lec. Tut. Lab Home
study
ECEg3151 Digital Signal Processing 6 2 3 2 3
ECEg3152 Introduction to Communication Systems 6 2 3 2 3
ECEg3143 Computer architecture and Organization 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg3153 Introduction to Control Systems 6 2 3 2 3
ECEg3154 Introduction to Power Systems 6 2 3 2 3
ECEg3133 Electrical Workshop Practice II 4 - - 6 1
Total 33 12 15 14 16

Focus Area Semesters

1. Computer Engineering

Fourth Year, First Semester

Course Code Course Title ECTS Crhr Lec. Tut. Lab Home
study
ECEg4161 Microcomputers and Interfacing 6 2 1 3 4
ECEg4201 VLSI Design 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg4171 Data Structures & Algorithm 6 2 2 2 4
ECEg4172 Database Systems 5 2 - 3 4
ECEg4191 Data Communication & Computer Networks 5 2 1 2 3
ECEg4155 Electrical Measurement & Instrumentation 5 2 - 3 3
Total 32 12 12 8 21

44
 Fourth Year, Second Semester

Course Code Course Title ECTS Lec. Tut. Lab Home

study
ECEg4341 Research Methods and Presentation 3 2 - - 3
ECEg4182 Programming Languages 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg4181 Operating systems 5 2 - 3 3
ECEg4192 Computer Network Security 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg4183 Software Engineering 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg4202 Embedded Systems 5 2 1 2 3
ECEg4342 Semester Project 4 - - 5 1
Total 32 12 15 5 19

Fifth Year, First Semester

Course Code Course Title ECTS Crhr Lec. Tut. Lab Home
study
ECEg5351 Industry Internship 30 - 20 - 30
Total 30 - 20 - 30

Fifth Year, Second Semester

Course Code Course Title ECTS Crhr Lec. Tut. Lab Home
study
ECEg5332 Industrial Automation and Introduction to 6 3 3 - 3
Robotics
IEng5361 Industrial Management and Engineering 5 2 3 - 3
Economy
ECEg5193 Advanced Computer Networks 5 3 - 3 3
IEng5362 Engineering Entrepreneurship 4 2 2 - 3
ECEg5371 B.Sc. Project 12 - - 18 2
Total 32 10 8 18 14

45
 2. Electrical Power Engineering

Fourth Year, First Semester

Course Code Course Title ECTS Lec. Tut. Lab Home

study
ECEg4321 Modern Control Systems 6 3 - 3 3
ECEg4221 Electrical Machines 6 2 3 2 3
ECEg4242 Energy Conversion and Rural Electrification 6 3 3 - 3
ECEg4241 Electrical Installation 5 2 3 - 4
ECEg4231 Power Systems 6 2 3 2 3
ECEg4155 Electrical Measurement & Instrumentation 5 2 - 3 3
Total 34 13 12 10 19

Fourth Year, Second Semester

Course Code Course Title ECTS Lec. Tut. Lab Home

study
ECEg4341 Research Methods and Presentation 3 2 - - 3
ECEg4251 Power system Planning and Operation 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg4222 Power Electronics And Electric Drives 6 2 3 2 3
ECEg4243 Hydropower Engineering 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg4232 Power System Protection and Control 6 2 3 2 3
ECEg4342 Semester Project 4 - - 5 1
Total 29 10 12 9 16

Fifth Year, First Semester

Course Code Course Title ECTS Lec. Tut. Lab Home

study
ECEg5351 Industry Internship 30 - 20 - 30
Total 30 - 20 - 30

46
 Fifth Year, Second Semester

Course Code Course Title ECTS Crhr Lec. Tut. Lab Home
study
ECEg5252 Computer Application in Power Systems 5 2 1 2 3
IEng5361 Industrial Management and Engineering 5 2 3 - 3
Economy
IEng5362 Engineering Entrepreneurship 4 2 2 - 4
ECEg5371 B.Sc. Project 12 - - 18 2
Total 26 6 6 20 12

3. Communication Engineering

Fourth Year, First Semester

Course Code Course Title ECTS Crhr Lec. Tut. Lab Homestudy
ECEg4161 Microcomputers and Interfacing 6 2 1 3 4
ECEg4272 Communication systems 5 2 - 3 3
ECEg4191 Data Communication & Computer Networks 5 2 - 3 3
ECEg4291 EM waves and Guide Structures 5 3 - 3 3
ECEg4261 Microelectronic Devices and Circuits 5 2 - 3 3
ECEg4155 Electrical Measurement & Instrumentation 5 2 - 3 3
Total 31 13 1 18 19

Fourth Year, Second Semester

Course Code Course Title ECTS Crhr Lec. Tut. Lab Homestudy
ECEg4341 Research Methods and Presentation 3 2 - - 3
ECEg4301 Microwave Devices and systems 5 2 - 3 3
ECEg4302 Optics and Optical Communication 5 2 - 3 3
ECEg4292 Antennas and Radio Wave Propagation 5 2 - 3 3
ECEg4282 Telecommunication Networks 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg4283 Wireless and Mobile Communication 5 2 - 3 3
ECEg4342 Semester Project 4 - - 5 1
Total 32 16 3 17 19

47
 Fifth Year, First Semester

Course Code Course Title ECTS Crhr Lec. Tut. Lab Home
study
ECEg5351 Industry Internship 30 - 20 - 30
Total 32 - 20 - 30

Fifth Year, Second Semester

Course Code Course Title ECTS Crhr Lec. Tut. Lab Home
study
ECEg5284 Switching and Intelligent Networks 2 2 - - 2
IEng5361 Industrial Management and Engineering 5 2 3 - 3
Economy
IEng5362 Engineering Entrepreneurship 4 2 2 - 3
ECEg5193 Advanced Computer Networks 5 3 - 3 3
ECEg5371 B.Sc. Project 12 - - 18 2
Total 28 9 5 21 13

4. Industrial Control Engineering

Fourth Year, First Semester

Course Code Course Title ECTS Crhr Lec. Tut. Lab Home
study
ECEg4321 Modern Control Systems 6 3 - 3 3
ECEg4221 Electrical Machines 6 2 3 2 3
ECEg4241 Electrical Installation 5 2 3 - 4
ECEg4161 Microcomputer and Interfacing 6 2 1 3 3
ECEg4155 Electrical Measurement & Instrumentation 5 2 - 3 3
Total 28 11 7 11 16

Fourth Year, Second Semester

48
Course Code Course Title ECTS Crhr Lec. Tut. Lab Home
study
ECEg4341 Research Methods and Presentation 3 2 - - 3
ECEg4323 Instrumentation Engineering 5 2 3 - 3
ECEg4333 Process Control Fundamentals 6 2 - 3 3
ECEg4322 Digital Control Systems 5 2 - 3 3
ECEg4222 Power Electronics And Electric drives 6 2 3 2 3
ECEg4202 Embedded Systems 5 2 1 2 3
ECEg4342 Semester Project 4 - - 5 1
Total 34 12 9 13 19

Fifth Year, First Semester

Course Code Course Title ECTS Crhr Lec. Tut. Lab Home
study
ECEg5351 Industry Internship 30 - 20 - 30
Total 30 - 20 - 30

Fifth Year, Second Semester

Course Code Course Title ECTS Crhr Lec. Tut. Lab Home
study
ECEg5332 Industrial Automation and Introduction to 6 3 3 - 3
Robotics
ECEg5324 Neural Networks & Fuzzy Logic Control 5 2 - 3 3
IEng5361 Industrial Management and Engineering 5 2 3 - 3
Economy
IEng5362 Engineering Entrepreneurship 4 2 2 - 3
ECEg5371 B.Sc. Project 12 - - 18 2
Total 32 9 8 21 15

49
 Module Description

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 01
Module Name Basic English Skills
Module Code EnLa-M1013
Module Category General
Mode of delivery Semester-based
The module focuses on enhancing students‘ language competencies. The
first course comprehensively presents students with the opportunity to
develop their language skills (Listening, Speaking, Reading, Writing,
Vocabulary and Grammar). The course focuses on the development of
Module description communication skills of the students both in academic and non-academic
contexts. As a result, it has a big contribution to the success of students
in their other university courses. The second course entirely focuses on
developing the students‘ writing skill in both academic and non-
academic contexts. Both courses must be given on semester basis as the
development of the skills that the courses provide is enhanced with the
extension of the
period at least to the extent that the students can associate the courses
with other courses.
Module Objectives Students shall develop understand and use different skills and strategies
to read, understand the meaning of what is read and reading different
materials for a variety of purposes. Write clearly and effectively and
understand and use the steps of the writing process, analyze and evaluate
the effectiveness of written work, analyze and evaluate the effectiveness
of formal and informal communication, communicate ideas clearly and
effectively. The develop oral presentation and public speech skills and
Report writing skills
Module Competency By the end of the module, students will be able to:
 Involve in various communicative contexts
 Read and comprehend texts with ease

50
  Differentiate and use oral and written discourses
 Listen and comprehend to conversations in English
 Write different units of writing both in academic and non-
academic contexts
Total ECTS 10
Module Learning and Lecture, Tutorial, exercises, etc
Teaching Methods
Assessment Assignments, quizzes, tests, and exams.
Techniques Module
Courses of the module
Course Number Course name ECTS
EnLa1011 Communicative English 5
EnLa1012 Basic Writing Skills 5

51
 Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 02
Module Name Reasoning Skill & Civics
Module Code CESt-M1023
Module Category General
Mode of delivery Semester-based
This thematic module contains two thematically clustered courses; i.e.
Introduction to Civics and Ethical Studies; and Introduction to Logic. It‘s now
become clear that Citizenship and Ethical Studies has become not only a field of
specialization in itself but has also been attracting leaders who envision instilling
Module description democracy on an unshakable ground within their own society. At minimum, there
will be the right to be domiciled in and take part in the political mechanisms of the
state, usually through voting. In most modern democracies, citizenship also ensures
the protection of other human rights and civil liberties, hence, not all of which may
be available to people who have the right of abode in the country. In light of this, the
thematic module first deals the course Civics and Ethical Studies in order to enable
students to be equipped with foundations of Citizenship studies such as political
citizenship of rights and obligations, economic citizenship in light of variations and
the threat of globalization, and social citizenship as grounds of social change, and
evaluate these in the contemporary Ethiopia. In addition to this, the module is
designed to develop the reasoning capacity of the learners. Finally, the module will
discuss about the principles and methods of correct reasoning. It also deals as to
how reasoning skills is related to and used in, our day-to-day practical life
discourses and developing self-awareness and self-image by way of enlarging the
areas possibilities in their professional, individual and social live.
Module Objectives This module introduces the fundamental concepts of logic and logical reasoning
helps to develop the skills required to construct arguments. In addition the students
develop the ability to critically evaluate and cultivate the habits of critical thinking,
understanding the essence and origins of the state and Government, grasp the
concept of citizens and citizenship, understand the ideas of Morality, Ethics and
Civic virtues

52
Module Competency Developing the habits of critical thinking and approaching different social, political
and economic systems based on rational justifications. In addition to this, courses
that are included in this module will help learners to develop the ability of effective
communication and dialogue based on mutual understanding.
Total ECTS 8
Module Learning &
Teaching Methods
Assessment Self-Study, Reading Assignment and Reflections, Group and Individual Assignment
Techniques Module and Presentation, Discovery and Investigative assessments, Quizzes and Final Exam
Courses of the module
Course Number Course name ECTS
CESt1023 Introduction to Logic (Reasoning Skill) 3
CESt1011 Civics and Ethical Education 5

53
 Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 03
Module Name Basic Engineering Skills
Module Code ECEg-M1033
Module Category General
Mode of delivery Semester-based/parallel based
This module contains: Interrelations and distinction among engineering, science
and technology; qualifications and duties & responsibilities of technicians,
technologists and engineers (carrier structures and levels);engineering professional
ethics and moral issues, basic engineering drawing skills; components of computers,
Module description common terminologies used in programming; steps, tools and technical approaches
involved in program design and techniques of program design to develop programs
that solve real life problems.
Module Objectives At the end of this module, students will be able to:
 Get familiarized with basics of engineering
 Introduce with various disciplines in the area.
 Understand ethics of engineering
 Identify the components of computers
 Know how to use computer programming and program design to solve
various computational problems.
Module Competency At the end of the module students will able to:
 Differentiate interrelations and distinction among different engineering
disciplines.
 Solve real life problem using programming languages.
 read 1D,2D and 3D of technical objects
 draw 1D,2D and 3D of technical objects
Total ECTS 12
Module Learning & Lecture, Tutorial, Laboratory Activities, term Papers, Project work, Presentation,
Teaching Methods Assignment.
Assessment Assignments, Quizzes, Lab Reports and Exams.
Techniques Module

54
 Courses of the module
Course Number Course name ECTS
Geng1031 Introduction to Engineering Profession 2
Meng1061 Engineering Drawing 5
ECEg1033 Introduction to Computing 5

55
 Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 04
Module Name Engineering Mechanics
Module Code ECEg-M1043
Module Category General
Mode of delivery Semester-based/parallel based
Module description
Module Objectives
Module Competency
Total ECTS 10
Module Learning & Lecture, Tutorial, Laboratory Activities, term Papers, Project work, Presentation,
Teaching Methods Assignment.
Assessment Assignments, Quizzes, Lab Reports and Exams.
Techniques Module
Courses of the module
Course Number Course name ECTS
CEng1041 Engineering Mechanics(Statics) 5
Meng1042 Engineering Mechanics(Dynamics) 5

56
 Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 05
Module Name Applied Mathematics
Module Code Math-M1053
Module Category General
Mode of delivery Semester-based
Module description
Module Objectives
Module Competency
Total ECTS 12
Module Learning &
Teaching Methods
Assessment Assignments, Quizzes, Test, mid exam and Final Exam.
Techniques Module
Courses of the module
Course Number Course name ECTS
Math1021 Applied Mathematics I 2
Math1022 Applied Mathematics II 5

57
 Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 06
Module Name Basic Economics
Module Code Econ-M1063
Module Category General
Mode of delivery Semester-based
Module description
Module Objectives
Module Competency
Total ECTS 4
Module Learning &
Teaching Methods
Assessment Assignments, Quizzes, Test, mid exam and Final Exam.
Techniques Module
Courses of the module
Course Number Course name ECTS
Econ-1063 Introduction to Economics 4

58
 Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 07
Module Name Basic Electrical Engineering
Module Code ECEg-M1071
Module Category Core Electrical Engineering
Mode of delivery Semester-based/parallel based
Module description This module contains: basic electromagnetic phenomena ,circuit variables and
parameters, fundamental and derived circuit laws and theorems to the analysis of dc
and steady state poly-phase circuits, electrical instruments for practical
measurements, measurement of dynamic circuit parameters and Simple wiring and
designing of lighting systems.
Module Objectives At the end of the module students will able to:
 Understand basic electrical engineering concepts and practices
 Get familiarized with different lab equipment
 Wire and design simple electrical lighting systems
 Measure electrical quantities using instruments
 Understand and apply safety rules
Module Competency At the end of the module students will able to:
 apply the fundamental and derived circuit laws and theorems to the analysis
and design of simple dc and poly -phase circuits
 wire and design simple electrical lighting systems
 use electrical instruments for practical measurements
Total ECTS 11
Module Learning & Lecture, Tutorial, Laboratory Activities, term Papers, Project work,
Teaching Methods Presentation ,Assignment and Home study etc.
Assessment Assignments, Quizzes, Lab Reports and Exams.
Techniques Module
Courses of the module
Course Number Course name ECTS
ECEg1071 Fundamental of Electrical Engineering 6
ECEg1072 Electrical Engineering lab I 3

59
ECEg1073 Electrical workshop practice I 2

60
 Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 08
Module Name Engineering Thermodynamics
Module Code MEng-M2083
Module Category General
Mode of delivery Semester-based/parallel based
Module description
Module Objectives
Module Competency
Total ECTS 4
Module Learning &
Teaching Methods
Assessment
Techniques Module
Courses of the module
Course Number Course name ECTS
MEng-2083 Engineering Thermodynamics 4

61
 Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 09
Module Name Electromagnetism and Electrical Materials
Module Code ECEg-M2091
Module Category Core Electrical Engineering
Mode of delivery Semester-based/parallel based
Module description This module contains: modern sciences dealing with the special theory of relativity and
quantum mechanics, electrical effects of static charge distributions in vacuum and material
body, laws governing electrostatic to different charge distributions, effects of charges
moving with uniform velocity, summary of electromagnetism through Maxwell‘s equations,
review fundamentals of atomic theory, elementary quantum mechanics, the role of electrons
in determining the macroscopic electrical behavior of engineering materials; Physical
properties of conductors, superconductors, semiconductor, dielectric and magnetic materials
and Application and manufacturing processes of electrical and electronic materials.
Module Objectives This module equips the students with strong knowledge in:
 modern physics theories
 solving electromagnetic field equations
 differentiating material characteristics
 selecting materials for manufacturing electrical and electronics devices.
Module Competency At the end of the module students will able to:
 Differentiate physical properties of Electrical materials.
 Develop quantitative description of physical prosperities of Electrical Materials
 Apply the laws governing electromagnetism to different Electrical applications.
 Understand manufacturing processes of electrical and electronic materials.
Total ECTS 15
Module Learning & Lecture, Tutorial, Laboratory Activities, term Papers, Project work, Presentation
Teaching Methods ,Assignment and Home study etc.
Assessment Assignments, Quizzes, Lab Reports and Exams.
Techniques Module
Courses of the module
Course Number Course name ECTS
ECEg2091 Applied Modern Physics 5
ECEg2092 Electromagnetic Fields 5
ECEg3093 Electrical Materials and Technology 5

62
 Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 10
Module Name Advanced Engineering Mathematics
Module Code ECEg-M2101
Module Category Core Electrical Engineering
Mode of delivery Semester-based/parallel based
Module description Students will learn and understand advanced mathematics techniques and be able to plan,
analyze, and write computer programs for numerical methods and basic engineering
applications.
Module Objectives This module equips the students :
 Used to develop a solid understanding of the advanced mathematical methods
which are very useful for research and engineering problem solving.
 To explain mathematics as a special way of cognizing the world, knowledge of the
basic concepts and methods of the theory of probability and mathematical stochastic
and master sufficiently the mathematical apparatus and applying it for solving
concrete physical problems.
 To understand advanced mathematics techniques and be able to plan, analyze, and
write computer programs for numerical methods and basic engineering applications.
Module Competency After the completion of this module, the student will be able to understand, model, process
and compute real world Electrical Engineering problems.
Total ECTS 17
Module Learning & Lecture supported by tutorials, laboratory and paperwork
Teaching Methods
Assessment Exam, quizzes, assignments, paperwork and lab reports.
Techniques Module
Courses of the module
Course Number Course name ECTS
Math2023 Applied Engineering Mathematic III 6
ECEg2103 Computational Methods 6
ECEg2104 Probability and Random Process 5

63
 Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 11
Module Name Applied Electronics
Module Code ECEg-M2111
Module Category Core Electrical Engineering
Mode of delivery Semester Based /parallel based
Module description This module contains: basic concepts of electronic circuits, sample
applications and design guidelines of electronic circuits, advanced electronic
circuits and their application, simulation of electronic circuits using
application packages, basic digital system components and their design.
Module Objectives This module enables students to
understand concepts of electronics devices,
get familiarized with characteristics and applications of
electronic circuits.
Use techniques of circuit design to develop electronic systems
Module Competency At the end of the module students will able to:
Design and maintain Analogue Electronics Circuits and
understand digital components
Total ECTS 16
Module Learning and Lecture, Tutorial, Laboratory Activities, Project work, Presentation
Teaching Methods ,Assignment
Assessment Assignments, quizzes, tests, lab reports, and exams.
Techniques Module
Courses of the module
Course Number Course name ECTS
ECEg2111 Applied Electronics I 5
ECEg2112 Electrical Engineering Lab II 3
ECEg2113 Applied Electronics II 5
ECEg2114 Electrical Engineering Lab III 3

64
 Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 12
Module Name Signals and Network Analysis
Module Code ECEg-M2121
Module Category Core Electrical Engineering
Mode of delivery Semester-based
Module description Enable students to understand and apply the representation,
classification, characterization and analysis of signals and systems in
time and frequency domains.
Understand and apply the techniques of modelling, analysis, design and
synthesis of N- port passive and active electric networks and filters in a
classical and a modern approach
Module Objectives Enable students to understand and apply the representation,
classification, characterization and analysis of signals and systems in
time and frequency domains.
Used to introduce and develop the concept of discrete-time signal
processing for signal analysis and design of passive and active electric
networks and filters.
Understand and apply the techniques of modelling, analysis, design and
synthesis of N- port passive and active electric networks and filters in a
classical and modern approach.
Module Competency After the completion of this module, the student will be able to solve and
process continuous and discrete time signals, systems and networks.
Total ECTS 11
Module Learning and Lecture, Tutorial, Laboratory Activities, term Papers
Teaching Methods
AssessmentTechniques Module Assignments, quizzes, tests, lab reports, and exams.
Courses of the module
Course Number Course name ECTS
ECEg2121 Signals and Systems Analysis 6
ECEg3122 Network Analysis and Synthesis 5

65
 Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 13
Module Name Basic Electrical Machines
Module Code ECEg - M3131
Module Category Core Electrical Engineering
Mode of delivery Semester-based
Module description Operating principles and design concepts of various types of electrical machines
are studied.
Module Objectives The module will help the students to:
- Understand basic concepts of electromagnetic circuits and principles of
operation & construction of transformer, induction machines, D.C. machines,
and synchronous machines.
- Obtain the performance such as voltage regulation, speed regulation, and
efficiency of ac and dc machines using the appropriate equivalent circuits.
- Perform experiments to determine electrical parameters of transformers, dc
and ac machines, and conduct simple transformers and motors windings.
Module Competency Design and maintain transformers and electrical machines;
- analyze operating and regulation characteristics of basic electrical machines;
- Perform basic workshop processes.
Total ECTS 12
Module Learning and Lecture, Tutorial, Laboratory Activities, term Papers
Teaching Methods
Assessment Assignments, quizzes, tests, lab reports, and exams.
Techniques Module
Courses of the module
Course Number Course name ECTS
ECEg3131 Introduction to Electrical Machines 5
ECEg3132 Electrical Engineering Lab IV 3
ECEg3133 Electrical Workshop Practice II 4

66
 Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 14
Module Name Computer Architecture and Programming
Module Code ECEg - M3141
Module Category Core Electrical Engineering
Mode of delivery Semester-based
This module contains basic courses in hardware and software perspectives of a
computer system. The module focuses on introducing modern computer
Module description systems by drilling deep down into digital systems and will help to gain
knowledge in developing applications using object oriented programming
technique.
Module Objectives to enable students understand the computer hardware principles
to acquaint students with knowledge and realization of the various logic gates
to enable students design Combinational and Sequential Systems
to make students understand architecture and organization of a computer
system and its components
to enable students design and simulate a basic computer system
to enable students design object oriented application and systemprograms
Module Competency At the completion of this module, students will be able to
Design, develop and test digital system
Develop applications running on top of the developed systems.
Understand the various types of computer architectures and design another as
necessary.
Total ECTS 16
Module Learning and Lecture, Tutorial, Laboratory Activities, term Papers
Teaching Methods
Assessment Assignments, quizzes, tests, lab reports, and exams.
Techniques Module
Courses of the module
Course Number Course name ECTS
ECEg3141 Digital Logic Design 6

67
ECEg3142 Object Oriented Programming 5
ECEg3143 Computer Architectures and Organization 5

68
 Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 15
Module Name Electrical Systems Engineering
Module Code ECEg - M3151
Module Category Core Electrical Engineering
Mode of delivery Semester-based
Students will be able to
Understand, analyze, and design the basic electrical system design such as:
Module description analogue communication systems, analogue control systems, digital signal
processing systems, instrumentation systems, power generation and transmission
systems.
Module Objectives This module enables student to:
Understand the basics of digital signal processing and its applications
Understand the basics of analogue communication systems (AM, FM, PM) and
PCM.
Develop basic skills of utilizing mathematical tools needed to analyze and design
classical linear dynamic control systems.
Review electrical energy generation from conventional and
nonconventional energy sources.
Understand basic electrical engineering measurement andinstrumentation systems
Module Competency After the completion of this module, the student will be able to model, analyze, and
design basic electrical engineering system.
Total ECTS 29
Module Learning and Lecture, Tutorial, Laboratory Activities, term Papers
Teaching Methods
Assessment Assignments, quizzes, tests, lab reports, and exams.
Techniques Module
Courses of the module
Course Number Course name ECTS
ECEg3151 Digital Signal Processing 6
ECEg3152 Introduction to Communication Systems 6

69
ECEg3153 Introduction to Control Engineering 6
ECEg3154 Introduction to Power systems 6
ECEg3155 Electrical Measurement and Instrumentation 5

70
 Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 16
Module Name Microcomputer and Interfacing
Module Code ECEg-M4161
Module Category Computer Engineering
Mode of delivery Semester-based
This module is designed to impart in-depth knowledge in the design, programming
and organization of microcomputers and interfacing circuits. This involves the study
Module description of interfacing peripheral chips (Programming and Signals). This course completely
covers the popular Intel μP 8086, which would be a stepping-stone for learning the
X86 families of microprocessors.
Module Objectives This module is intended to enable students
understand microcomputer architectures
design microcomputer based applications
program various microcomputers
interface microcomputers to PCs and various peripheral devices
understand various assembly languages
Module Competency At the end of this module students will be capable of:
 Developing applications using Assembly/C/C++ Language Programming and to
design simple or complex systems using the Intel family of microprocessors.
 Writing efficient programs for data transfer between heterogeneous
environments.
 Developing software for interfacing various peripherals to PC.
Total ECTS 6
Module Learning and Lecture, Tutorial, Laboratory Activities, term Papers
Teaching Methods
Assessment Assignments, quizzes, tests, lab reports, and exams.
Techniques Module
Courses of the module
Course Number Course name ECTS
ECEg4161 Microcomputer and Interfacing 6

71
 Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 17
Module Name Data Storage and Analysis
Module Code ECEg-M4171
Module Category Computer Engineering
Mode of delivery Semester-based
This module gives the students a profound ground for the analysis, design
and implementation of database systems, it also enables students to learn
Module description various types of data structures and design and analyze existing algorithms
for performances.
Module Objectives This module is intended to enable students to:
 comprehend the concept of database systems and modelling
techniques
 gain a profound ground for the analysis, design and
implementation of database systems and algorithms
 acquire knowledge of advanced database types and issues
related to storage and security
 Understand the fundamental data structures like arrays,
queues, stacks, linked lists, trees, etc.
 Comprehend algorithm analysis methods
 Apply guidelines for the design of efficient algorithms
 use specialized data structures in problem solving
Module Competency At the end of this module students will be capable of:
 developing various types of databases for applications
 getting a profound ground for analysis and design andimplementation of
database systems
 getting knowledge of securing databases
 designing different types of data structures
 performing analysis and designing efficient algorithms
Total ECTS 11

72
Module Learning and Lecture, Tutorial, Laboratory Activities, term Papers
Teaching Methods
Assessment Assignments, quizzes, tests, lab reports, and exams.
Techniques Module
Courses of the module
Course Number Course name ECTS
ECEg4172 Database Systems 5
ECEg4171 Data Structures and Algorithm 6

73
 Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 18
Module Name Programming Concepts and Software Engineering
Module Code ECEg-M4181
Module Category Computer Engineering
Mode of delivery Semester-based
This module covers techniques, methods and tools that are created to support
Module description the development of large software systems based on sound engineering-
principles. The module also handles issues in operating system design and
operation. It also provides students with a working knowledge of the basic
constructs of all computer programming languages, and how these constructs
are used to support programming under various programming paradigms
Module Objectives This module is intended to enable students to
 understand basic principles and components of an Operating System
 Apply the fundamental principles of Software Engineering.
 Apply a range of software engineering techniques to develop large
software systems
 Have a working knowledge of the basic constructs of all computer
programming languages,
 Understand how constructs are used to support programming under
various programming paradigms.
Module Competency At the end of this module students will be capable of:
 understanding software development procedures and concepts to
designing various application software
 designing programming languages
 understanding principles operating system operation and design
Total ECTS 15
Module Learning and Lecture, tutorial, and laboratory exercises
Teaching Methods
Assessment Assignments, quizzes, tests, lab reports, and exams.
Techniques Module

74
 Courses of the module
Course Number Course name ECTS
ECEg4181 Operating systems 5
ECEg4182 Programming Languages 5
ECEg4183 Software Engineering 2

75
 Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 19
Module Name Computer Networks and Security
Module Code ECEg-M4191
Module Category Computer Engineering
Mode of delivery Semester-based
This module introduces students to networking concepts, technologies and
Module description terminologies also provide basic computer communication and networking. It
further links the concepts to security issues and acquaints students with basics
of data communication security.
Module Objectives This course is intended to enable students to
 Understand networking concepts, technologies and terminologies.
 Get basics of data communication and networking knowledge
 understand the various data communication protocols and Security
employed in each
 know how to implement networking security
Module Competency At the end of this module students will be capable of:
 understanding how real world data communication applications are
implemented
 designing different networking schemes
 designing and implementing different security schemes
Total ECTS 15
Module Learning and Lecture, Tutorial, Laboratory Activities, term Papers
Teaching Methods
Assessment Assignments, quizzes, tests, lab reports, and exams.
Techniques Module
Courses of the module
Course Number Course name ECTS
ECEg4192 Computer Network Security 5
ECEg4191 Data Communication and Computer Networks 5
ECEg5193 Advanced Computer Networks 5

76
 Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 20
Module Name Embedded Systems and Automation
Module Code ECEg-M4201
Module Category Computer Engineering
Mode of delivery Semester-based
This module is used to introduce the basics of embedded system design,
Module description system automation and help students to come up with computer system based
solutions.
Module Objectives This module is intended to enable students to
 understand basic system automation
 design standalone embedded systems
 Understand the elements of an industrial robot mechanism.
Module Competency At the end of this module students will be capable of:
 understanding basics of system-control mechanisms
 designing embedded systems for different applications
 designing integrated circuits for various logic functions
Total ECTS 16
Module Learning and Lecture, Tutorial, Laboratory Activities, term Papers, etc
Teaching Methods
Assessment Assignments, quizzes, tests, lab reports, and exams.
Techniques Module
Courses of the module
Course Number Course name ECTS
ECEg4201 VLSI Design 5
ECEg4202 Embedded Systems 5
ECEg4203 Introduction to Robotics and Industrial Automation 6

77
 Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 21
Module Name Modern Control Systems
Module Code ECEg-M4211
Module Category Electrical Power Engineering
Mode of delivery Semester-based
This module is aimed to build a comprehensive foundation in the analysis and
design of control systems using classical and modern techniques. The module
covers: Mathematical modeling of control systems, Coordinate transformation
and solution to state equations, Stability, Controllability, Observability of
Module description control systems, Control systems design in state space, Introduction to non-
linear control systems, introduction to optimum control. Continuous and
discrete systems.
Module Objectives Upon completion of this module, students will be able to:
- describe modern control system with analysis techniques, controllability and
Observability
- analyze analogue and digital feedback control systems
Module Competency -Analyze and develop State space representation of control systems
- Design and synthesize controllers in state space
Total ECTS 6
Module Learning and Lectures ,tutorials, laboratory exercises
Teaching Methods
Assessment Quizzes, Tests, Assignments, Projects, and Final Examination
Techniques Module
Courses of the module
Course Number Course name ECTS
ECEg4321 Modern Control System 6

78
 Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 22
Module Name Machines and Drives
Module Code ECEg-M4221
Module Category Focus Area-Electrical Power Engineering
Mode of delivery Semester-based
In this module the basic essential features of electric machinery and electric
drives will be discussed; this material forms the basis for understanding the
behaviour of electric machinery of all types: Electromechanical energy
conversion devices; construction and operation of transformers; DC and AC
Module description machines. It also deals with operating principles and characteristics of electric
drives.
Module Objectives Upon completion of this module, students will be able to: - Understand
operation and design aspects of transformers and machines. - Gain knowledge
of elements and operating characteristics, and operation principles of electric
drives - Select drive elements and develop drive system for common industrial
driven units
Module Competency - Describe construction, characteristics, operation, and proper application of
ac machines
- Students will be capable of designing new and efficient drives for
industrial motors
Total ECTS 12
Module Learning and Lectures, tutorials, lab demonstration seminar/ project.
Teaching Methods
Assessment Quizzes, Assignments, Tests, Seminar/project presentation, Lab Reports, and
Techniques Module final examination
Courses of the module
Course Number Course name ECTS

ECEg4221 Electrical Machines 6

ECEg4222 Power Electronics and Electric Derives 6

79
 Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 23
Module Name Electrical Power Engineering I
Module Code ECEg-M4231
Module Category Focus Area-Electrical Power Engineering
Mode of delivery Semester-based
Module ‗Power Engineering I‘ deals with the basic principles and comprehensive
treatment of modeling and analysis power systems under normal and faulty
Module description conditions; transients and stability analysis of power systems. It also discusses
protection, operation, control and reliability analysis of power systems as well as
the basic concepts, operating principles and design of protective devices and
protection systems. It also deals with automatic generation & voltage control and
reliability analysis of interconnected power systems.
Module Objectives On completion of the courses of this module the students will be able to:
- analyze faults, transients, load flow, and stability in power systems
- get familiarize with operating principles and design considerations of
protective devices
- understand and gain knowledge of automatic generation &voltage
Module Competency -Analyze operation of power systems under normal and faulty conditions
- Design and develop protection and control systems of electrical power systems.
Total ECTS 11
Module Learning and Lecture, tutorial, and laboratory exercises
Teaching Methods
Assessment Assignments, quizzes, tests, lab reports, and exams.
Techniques Module
Courses of the module
Course Number Course name ECTS
ECEg4231 Power Systems 5
ECEg4232 Power System Protection and Control 6

80
 Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 24
Module Name Energy Conversion and Distribution
Module Code ECEg-M4241
Module Category Electrical Power Engineering
Mode of delivery Semester-based
The module deals with the design and art of electrical installation
system, different methods and designs of energy conversion systems
Module description and rural electrification. It also includes the basic concepts of planning
and design of hydro -electric power plants..
Module Objectives The module will help the students to:
- acquire the science and art of illumination of buildings obeying
electrical regulations and standards.
- analyze technologies of conventional and renewable energy resources.
- gain knowledge of planning, designing and develop small scale and large scale
electrical power systems.
Module Competency Module ‘Energy Conversion and Distribution’ enables students to
- design electrical installation system
- design optimum conventional and non-conventional power plants
Total ECTS 15
Module Learning and Lecture, Tutorial, Laboratory Activities, project works, etc
Teaching Methods
Assessment Assignments, quizzes, tests, lab reports, and exams.
Techniques Module
Courses of the module
Course Number Course name ECTS
ECEg4241 Electrical Installation 5
ECEg4242 Energy Conversion and Rural Electrification 5
ECEg4243 Hydropower Engineering 5

81
 Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 25
Module Name Electrical Power Engineering II
Module Code ECEg-M4251
Module Category Focus Area-Electrical Power Engineering
Mode of delivery Semester-based /parallel
This module contains two basic courses on electrical power systems. It provides
the basics of Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA)and deals with
computer aided protection of power systems. It also covers load forecasting
techniques and basic design concepts of generating stations, switchyard, and
Module description transmission lines and HVDC transmission. The module also deals with
operation of power systems and it also covers power pool issues and cost analysis
of generation systems.
Module Objectives To understand and gain insight into on-line and real-time applications of
computers in power systems
- To apply load forecasting techniques, basics design concepts of generating
stations, switchyards, and transmission lines; optimal
operation of power systems
Module Competencies The graduate of this module will be able to:
 Plan and design generating stations, switchyards, and transmission lines and
comprehend fundamentals of HVDC transmission systems.
 Analyze on-line and real-time applications of power systems using computer.
Total ECTS 10
Module Learning and Lecture, tutorial, and laboratory exercises
Teaching Methods
Assessment Individual Assignments, Quizzes and tests, Projects, Lab reports and Written
Techniques Module Exam(s)
Courses of the module
Course Number Course name ECTS

ECEg4251 Power System Planning & Operation 5

ECEg5252 Computer Application to Power Systems 5

82
 Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 26
Module Name Microelectronics Devices and Systems
Module Code ECEg-M4261
Module Category Communication Engineering
Mode of delivery Semester-based
This module consists of modeling, design, simulation and testing of
Module description microelectronics devices and circuits for different applications
Module Objectives To understand the basic concepts and realization of microelectronic
devices and circuits;
 To understand and design microelectronic systems;
 To be able to effectively model and design microelectronic networks.
Module Competency After completion of this module students will be able to design and test
microelectronic systems for communication applications
Total ECTS 15
Module Learning and Lecture supported by tutorial and paperwork
Teaching Methods
Module Assessment Exams, quizzes, assignments, paperwork and laboratory
Techniques
Courses of the module
Course Number Course name ECTS
ECEg4261 Microelectronics Devices and Circuits 5

83
 Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 27
Module Name Communication Systems
Module Code ECEg-M4271
Module Category Focus Area-Electronic Communication Engineering
Mode of delivery Semester-based
This module consists of principle of digital communication systems, information
Module description theory and coding, digital modulation techniques, noise in digital modulation,
spread spectrumcommunication, MIMO and OFDM systems
Module Objectives This module helps student to
 understand the basic principle of digital communication systems
 understand information theory and coding
 comprehend digital modulation techniques and their noise mitigation
capabilities
 simulate spread spectrum communication systems
 realize MIMO and OFDM communication Systems
Module Competency After the completion of this module, students will be able to understand, model,
and design digital communication system.
Total ECTS 6
Module Learning and Lecture supported by tutorial, laboratories and paperwork
Teaching Methods
Assessment Assignments, quizzes, tests, lab reports, and exams.
Techniques Module
Courses of the module
Course Number Course name ECTS
ECEg4272 Communication Systems 6

84
 Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 28
Module Name Data and Telecommunication Networks
Module Code ECEg-M4281
Module Category Focus Area in Communication Engineering
Mode of delivery Semester-based
Students will learn and understand basic principle of dataand telecom networks,
Module description wireless networks, and switching systems
Module Objectives This module helps student:
 To understand the basic principle of data and telecommunication networks.
 To understand wireless and mobile communication systems
 To understand telecom switching networks and system
Module Competency After the completion of this module, the student will be able to understand,
model, and design telecommunication network and systems.
Total ECTS 20
Module Learning and Lecture supported by tutorial, laboratories and
Teaching Methods paperwork
Assessment Exam, quizzes, assignments, paperwork and lab reports
Techniques Module
Courses of the module
Course Number Course name ECTS
ECEg4191 Data Communication and Computer Networks 5
ECEg4282 Telecommunication Networks 5
ECEg4283 Wireless and Mobile Communication 5
ECEg4284 Switching and Intelligent Networks 5

85
 Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 29
Module Name EM Waves and Antennas
Module Code ECEg-M4291
Module Category Focus Area in Communication Engineering
Mode of delivery Semester-based
Students will learn and understand the transmission of EMW through different
Module description medias ( conductors, nonconductor, transmission lines, wave guides and antennas)
Module Objectives This module enables students :
 To understand the basic principle of Maxwell equations, the characteristics of
EMWs in conductors, transmission lines, waveguides and antennas.
 To understand different types of antennas and its applications
 To understand the radio wave propagation principles
Module Competency After the completion of this module, students will be able to understand, analyze,
and design medias that will used to assist the transmission of EMWs
Total ECTS 10
Module Learning and Lecture supported by tutorial, laboratories and paperwork
Teaching Methods
Assessment Individual Assignments, Quizzes and tests, Projects, Lab reports and Written
Techniques Module Exam(s)
Courses of the module
Course Number Course name ECTS
ECEg4291 EM Waves and Guide Structures 5
ECEg4292 Antennas and Radio Wave Propagation 5

86
 Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 30
Module Name Microwave and Optical Communication
Module Code ECEg-M4301
Module Category Focus area -Communication Engineering
Mode of delivery Semester-based
Module description Students will learn and understand the basic principle of microwave circuits and
systems, fiber optic communication systems
Module Objectives This module will enables students :
 To understand the basic principle Microwave circuits and systems.
 To understand and design microwave amplifiers and repeaters.
 To understand and design microwave networks and links.
 To understand light wave transmission and optical media
 To understand fiber optic networks and links
Module Competency After the completion of this module, students will be able to model, analyze, and
design microwave circuits and systems, microwave links and networks, optical
media, links and networks.
Total ECTS 10
Module Learning and Lecture supported by tutorial and paperwork
Teaching Methods
Module Assessment Exams, quizzes, assignments, paperwork and laboratory
Techniques
Courses of the module
Course Number Course name ECTS
ECEg4301 Microwave Devices and Systems 5
ECEg4302 Optics and Optical Communication 5

87
 Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 31
Module Name Electric Machines and Drives
Module Code ECEg-M4311
Module Category Focus area in Industrial Control Engineering
Mode of delivery Semester-based
This module deals with the basic principles of electromechanical energy
Module description conversion devices, construction and operation of transformers, DC and AC
machines. It also deals with operating principles and operating characteristics
of electric drives, industrial driven units.
Module Objectives At the end of the courses of this module the graduate students will:
- Practice the science and art of internal and external illumination of
buildings.
- Apply electrical regulations and standards for consumer premises wiring
design, drawing and construction.
- Comprehend operation and design aspects of transformers.
- Gain knowledge and understand D.C. armature winding & A.C. windings.
- Understand dynamic equations and control aspect of D.C machines.
- Gain knowledge and comprehend salient pole synchronous machine
features, reference frame transformation, d-q axis theory, power/load angle
relationship and carry out transient analysis.
- Understand the principle of operation and construction of fractional
horsepower motors.
- Gain knowledge of elements and operating characteristics, and operation
principles of electric drives
- Be able to select drive elements and develop drive system for common
industrial driven units
- Gain insight into technologies of conventional and non-conventional power
plants, renewable energy resources and technologies.
Module Competency This module enables students to:-
Design Electrical installations.

88
 Carry out performance analysis of DC and AC machines.
Develop drive systems for common industrial driven units.
Total ECTS 17
Module Learning and Lecture supported by tutorial and paper & project work
Teaching Methods
Module Assessment Exams, quizzes, assignments, paperwork and laboratory
Techniques
Courses of the module
Course Number Course name ECTS
ECEg4241 Electrical Installation 5
ECEg4221 Electrical Machines 6
ECEg4222 Power Electronics and Drives 6

89
 Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 32
Module Name Instrumentation and Control Engineering
Module Code ECEg-M4321
Module Category Focus area in Industrial Control Engineering
Mode of delivery Semester-based
Module ‗Instrumentation and Control Engineering‘ deals with
Module description engineering design of instruments including sensors; signal
conditioning Circuits, signal conversion elements, output presentation,
elements of neural control, Neural Network design and implementation
strategy, Fuzzy Logic fundamentals
Module Objectives At the end of the courses of this module the graduate students will:
- Understand the basic operational principles and limitations of electrical and
electronic instruments.
- Be able to analyze and compare commercial instruments and design similar
systems under given constraints
- Understand and be able to develop and analyze state space models of control
systems.
- Gain insight into design, analysis and synthesis of controllers using state
space methods.
- Process control systems and practical control strategies.
- Understand and analyze neural network and fuzzy logic implementation
Module Competency Module ‗Instrumentation and Control‘ enables to equip students with
fundamentals of instrumentation and control up to detailed analysis and
engineering design of instruments including sensors, signal conditioning
circuits, signal conversion elements, output presentation.
Total ECTS 19
Module Learning and Lecture supported by tutorial and paper & project work
Teaching Methods
Module Assessment Exams, quizzes, assignments, paperwork and laboratory
Techniques

90
 Courses of the module
Course Number Course name ECTS
ECEg4321 Modern Control systems 5
ECEg4322 Digital Control Systems 5
ECEg4323 Instrumentation Engineering 5
ECEg5324 Neural Networks & Fuzzy Logic Control 4

91
 Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 33
Module Name Control Applications
Module Code ECEg-M4331
Module Category Focus area in Industrial Control Engineering
Mode of delivery Semester-based
This module covers the fundamental issues in the Embedded System
Module description design and development, robotics and Industrial automation
Fundamentals; Mechanisms and Actuators, Sensors and Detectors;
Modelling and Control of Manipulators; Robot Applications and
Programming; Review of Industrial Control Devices and Introduction level.
In this module the fundamentals of embedded systems, hardware and
firmware designs will be explored. Issues such as embedded
microcontrollers, embedded programs, real-time operating systems, low
power computing, interfacing as well as optimization, will be discussed.
The embedded system course in the module is designed to provide students a
working knowledge of Embedded Systems and their Design and
Programming
Module Objectives At the end of this module, graduate students will
- Understand the concepts, components both hardware and software of
embedded systems
- Understand the elements of an industrial robot, mechanisms, sensors,
actuators and end effectors.
- Program robotic manipulators- Acquaintance with artificial
intelligence applications in robotics
- Be introduced to industrial control circuits and applications of PLCs in
modern industrial control
- Develop skills to develop embedded systems based control applications
- Design embedded control applications
- Realize digital implementation of the classical control systems.
Module Competency At the end of this module students will be capable of:

92
 -working knowledge of Embedded Systems, their Design and
Programming at an Introduction level.
-exploring hardware and firmware designs.
- understanding of embedded microcontrollers, embedded programs, real-
time operating systems, low power computing, interfacing as well as
optimization.
Total ECTS 16
Module Learning and Lecture supported by tutorial and paper & project work
Teaching Methods
Module Assessment Exams, quizzes, assignments, paperwork and laboratory
Techniques
Courses of the module
Course Number Course name ECTS
ECEg4202 Embedded Systems 5
ECEg5332 Industrial Automation and Introduction to Robotics 6
ECEg4333 Process Control Fundamentals 5

93
 Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 34
Module Name Project and Presentation
Module Code ECEg-M4341
Module Category Common Module
Mode of delivery Semester-based
Module description
Module Objectives
Module Competency
Total ECTS 7
Module Learning and
Teaching Methods
Module Assessment
Techniques
Courses of the module
Course Number Course name ECTS
ECEg4341 Research Methods and Presentation 3
ECEg4342 Semester Project 4

94
 Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 35
Module Name Internship
Module Code ECEg-M5351
Module Category Common Module
Mode of delivery Semester-based
Module description
Module Objectives
Module Competency
Total ECTS 30
Module Learning and
Teaching Methods
Module Assessment
Techniques
Courses of the module
Course Number Course name ECTS
ECEg5351 Industry Internship 30

95
 Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 36
Module Name Entrepreneurship and Managerial skills
Module Code IEng-M5363
Module Category Common Module
Mode of delivery Semester-based
Module description
Module Objectives
Module Competency
Total ECTS 9
Module Learning and
Teaching Methods
Module Assessment
Techniques
Courses of the module
Course Number Course name ECTS
IEng5361 Engineering Entrepreneurship 4
Ieng5362 Industrial Management and Engineering Economy 5

96
 Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Module Number 37
Module Name B.Sc. Project
Module Code IEng-M5371
Module Category Common Module
Mode of delivery Semester-based
Module description
Module Objectives
Module Competency
Total ECTS 12
Module Learning and
Teaching Methods
Module Assessment
Techniques
Courses of the module
Course Number Course name ECTS
ECEg5371 BSc Project 12

97
 Course Profile:

1. Electromagnetic Fields
Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Course Code ECEg2092
Course Title Electromagnetic Fields
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Electromagnetism and Electrical Materials
Module Code ECEg-M2091
Module Coordinator Xx
Lecturer Xx
ECTS Credits 5
Student work load Lecture Tutorial Practice or Home study
Laboratory
32 48 0 48

Course Objectives &  Understand and quantify the electrical effects of static charge distributions in
Competences to be vacuum and material body
Acquired  Apply the laws governing electrostatic to different charge distributions
 Understand and quantify the effects of charges moving with uniform velocity.
 Understand the elements of electrodynamics
 Summarize electromagnetism through Maxwell‘s equations
Course Description Fundamentally, this course focuses on the basic laws that govern static EM fields
such as Coulomb‘s law for electrostatics and Biot Savart‘s law for magneto statics.
Based on these laws, the natureand properties of electrostatic and magneto static
fields on material spaces, with applications in the real world, are
explored. The major topics to be studied in this course are: (i)Vector algebra and
Calculus-very important to lay mathematical foundation to understand the courses a
whole. (ii) Electrostatics
–the governing laws such as Coulomb‘s and Gauss‘s laws for static charge
distributions in free and material spaces, with real world applications, will be
formulated and studied in detail.(iii) Magneto statics-the governing laws such as

98
 Biot-Savart‘s and Ampere‘s Laws for steady state current source distributions in
free and material spaces , with real world applications, will beformulated and
studied.(iv) Maxwell‘s Equations for Static and dynamic (time varying ) EM fields
will be summarized as the most important principles of EM field propagations.
Week Cont.hour Course Contents
1. Review of Vectors
Scalar & Vector Fields; Line, Surface, & Volume Integrals;
Gradient of a Scalar field, Divergence & Curl of a Vector
Field, the Divergence & Stokes's Theorems, Laplacian of a
Scalar Field; Solenoidal & Irrotational Vector Fields,
Helmholz's Theorem; Orthogonal Curvilinear Coordinates.
2. Electrostatic Fields
Coulomb's Law, Electric Field E, Electric Flux Density D;
Gauss's Law; Electric Potential V; Relationship between E
&V; Electric Dipole; Energy in Electrostatic Fields.
3. Electric Fields in Material Body
Convection & Conduction Currents; Polarization in
Dielectrics; Boundary Conditions.
4. Electrostatic Boundary-Value Problems
Poisson's & Laplace's Equations; Resistance &
Capacitance.
5. Magnetostatics Fields
Biot-Savart Law; Ampere‘s Circuital Law; Magnetic Flux
Density B; Magnetic Vector Potential A; Maxwell's
Equation for Static EM Fields.
6. Magnetic Forces & Materials
Forces due to Magnetic Fields; Magnetic Boundary
Conditions; Magnetic Energy; Faraday's Law. Magnetic Forces & Materials
7. Introduction to Time Varying EM Fields and Maxwell
Equations
Pre-requisites Fundamental of Electrical Engineering ;
Applied Mathematics III (Co-requisite)
Semester Year 2, Semester II

99
Status of Course Compulsory

Teaching & Learning Lecture supported by tutorial, assignments, Demonstrations.

Methods
Assessment/Evaluatio Exams, quizzes, assignments
n & Grading System
Course policy  All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students Senate
Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism will
not be tolerated
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to discussions.
Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided according
to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for class. I
will not allow you enter if you are late more than five minutes
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value in your
grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References [1] Matthew N. O. Sadiku: Elements of Electromagnetics, Oxford University Press,
USA; 4th edition Oct 24,2006
[2] Hayt, W.H.: Engineering Electromagnetics, 4th ed., McGrawHill,1981
[3] Popovic and Popovic: Introductory Electromagnetics, (Prentice Hall, 2000).
[4] David J. Griffiths: Introduction to Electrodynamics, 3rded., Prentice-Hall, Inc.,
1999.
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

100
 2. Signals and System Analysis

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Course Code ECEg2121
Course Title Signal and Systems Analysis
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Signals and Networks Analysis
Module Code ECEg-M2121
Module Coordinator Xx
Lecturer Xx
ECTS Credits 6
Student work load Lecture Tutorial Practice or Home study
Laboratory
48 48 0 64

Course Objectives &  Enable student to understand and apply the representation, classification,
Competences to be characterization and analysis of signals and systems in time and
Acquired frequencydomains
Course Description This course will introduce students to mathematical descriptions of signals &
systems, and mathematical tools for analyzing and designing systems that can operate
on signals to achieve a desired effect. Classification of signals and systems; signal
representation and approximation - orthogonal and basic functions, Fourier series
representation; singularity functions; convolution - analytical, graphical and
numerical computations; single and a system of ordinary linear differential equations
as applied to network analysis; the Fourier transform; the sampling theorem; forward
and inverse Laplace transformations - system function and other applications; forward
and inverse Z-transformations and applications, solving difference equations;
introduction to discrete time Fourier transform (DTFT).
Week C.hour Course Contents
1. Introduction
Characterization, classification, and representation/modeling of signals and
systems.

101
 2. Signal Approximation
Orthogonal/orthonormal and basis functions; error to signal energies ratio
3. Fourier Series Representation Signals
Trigonometric & exponential Fourier series, frequency and power spectrums,
error to signal energies ratio.
4. Singularity Functions
The impulse, step and ramp functions;
discontinuous functions.
5. Convolution of Continuous Time Signals
Signals as a continuum of impulses; impulse responses; analytical, graphical
and numerical evaluation of convolution
6. Modeling of Electrical Systems and OrdinaryLinear Differential
Equations (OLDE)
Single and multiple variable OLD equations
7. Fourier Transforms and Inverse Transforms
Properties, energy spectrum, transform theorems, system functions, the
Sampling Theorem .Ideal and real sampling, Nyquist rate.
8. Laplace Transforms and Inverse LaplaceTransforms
Properties, relationship between Fourier and Laplace transforms; system
functions; Partial fraction method, modified power series
methods, evaluations from pole-zero plots; systems response, solutions to
integrodifferential equations;
9. Z-Transforms and Inverse Transforms
Discrete signals and systems, the Z-transform &inverse transform; system
functions; difference equations and their solutions
Introduction to Discrete Time Fourier Transform (DTFT)
Pre-requisites Applied Mathematics III

Semester Year 2, Semester II

Status of Course Compulsory

Teaching & Lecture supported by tutorial, assignments & Laboratoey, Demonstrations.

Learning Methods
Assessment/Evaluati Exams, quizzes, assignments and simulation

102
on& Grading System

Course policy  All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students Senate
Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism will not
be tolerated
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to discussions.
Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided according to
the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for class. I
will not allow you enter if you are late more than five minutes
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value in your
grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References [1] Signals and Systems, Second Edition, Simon Haykin and Barry Van Veen, John,
Wiley & Sons, 2003
[2] Philip Denbigh: System Analysis and Signal, 1988.
[3] Processing with emphasis on the use of matlab, Prentice Hall; 1st edition ,
February 3, 1998
[4] Budak: Passive and Active Network Analysis and Synthesis, Houghton Mifflin,
1974.
[5] Hazony: Elements of Network Synthesis, Reinhold, 1963.
[6] Roberts: Signals and Systems: Analysis using Transform Methods and MATLAB,
MJ, International Edition, McGraw Hill, 2003
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

103
 3. Network Analysis and Synthesis

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Course Code ECEg3122
Course Title Network Analysis and Synthesis
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Signals and Networks Analysis
Module Code ECEg-M2121
Module Coordinator Xx
Lecturer Xx
ECTS Credits 5
Student work load Lecture Tutorial Practice or Home study
Laboratory
32 48 0 48

Course Objectives & 1. Understand and apply the techniques of modeling, analysis, design and
Competences to be synthesis of N-Port passive and active electric networks and filters in a classical
Acquired and a modern approach
Course Description This course starts by introducing network analysis and network synthesis. It gets
into some detail of network analysis: exploring network theorems
(superposition,reciprocity, Thevenin‘s, and Norton‘s theorem) and it
explores network transform representations. It then defines port and discuss
about relationship between, transfer function using two port parameters. And
interconnection of two-port parameter in some detail
and then discuss about analysis of ladder network. It then briefly discuss about
frequency response and bode plotting and poles and zeros versus response.
Before we make a synthesis we need to make sure realizability of the given
network so here it will discuss about causality, stability, Hurwitz polynomial,
positive real function and some elementary synthesis procedure.
Now the next part is network synthesis: here it will discuss about property and
synthesis of one port networks using two elements (resistor, inductor and
capacitor) and it discuss synthesis of functions composed of three elements. It

104
 then goes to synthesis of two-port networks: property of transfer function, zeros
of transmission, and synthesis of Y21 and Z21 with a 1-Ω Termination. And at
last it discuss about filter approximation, insertion loss synthesis and synthesis of
Active and passive networks and filters.
Week Contact hour Course Contents
1. Introduction to network analysis and synthesis
Networks and their developmental stages; analysis, design and analysis
concepts;
2. Network transform representation and analysis
Analysis of first and second order circuits; transformed network
equations and analysis;
3. Elements of reliability theory
Causality and stability - time and frequency domain criterions;
restrictions on pole-zero locations of dp and transfer functions;
4. Synthesis of Driving Point Function
one port networks Elementary synthesis procedures; removal of
minimum resistance/conductance;
Two port networks Z -, Y-, H-, and ABCD parameters; relationship
among 2-port parameters; parallel, series, and cascade interconnections;
5. Synthesis of transfer functions (two port networks)
Auxiliary functions - transmission and reflection.
6. Active network synthesis
Active network building blocks; synthesis of active networks;
7. Active and Passive Filters
Filter categorization and specification; classical filter design techniques -
image parameter technique, constant- k filters, m-derived
filters,composite filters, Modern technique of passive filter
synthesis,Modern techniques; synthesis of high pass (HP), band pass (BP)
& band rejection (BR) filters Synthesis of active filters
Active filters - merits & demerits with respect to passive filters; active
filter structures and ;transformation of passive RLC filters into active
realization
Pre-requisites Signal and Systems Analysis

105
Semester Year 3, Semester I

Status of Course Compulsory

Teaching & Learning Lecture supported by tutorial, assignments & Laboratoey,

Methods Demonstrations.
Assessment/Evaluation Exams, quizzes, assignments and simulation
& Grading System
Course policy  All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism will
not be tolerated
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to discussions.
Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for
class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five minutes
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value in
your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References [1] Mac E. Van Valkenburg: Network Analysis, Prentice Hall College :3rd
edition 1974.
[2] Sudhakar ,A and Shyammohan Tata: Circuits and Network Analysis and
Synthesis, McGraw Hill New Delhi: 1994.
[3] Linear Network Theory by Norman Balabanian and Theodore Bickart, Matrix
Publishers, 1981, and Design with Operational Amplifiers and Analog Integrated
Circuits by Sergio Franco, McGraw-Hill, 1988.
[4] Analog Filter Design by M. E. Van Valkenburg, Holt, Rhinehart & Winston,
1982.
[5] Kuh and Pederson: Principles of Circuit Synthesis, McGraw-Hill, 1959.
[6] Weinberg: Network Analysis and Synthesis, McGraw-Hill, 1962.
[7] Filter Design for Signal Processing using MATLAB and Mathematica,
Miroslav D Lutovac, Dejan V. Tosic, Brian L. Evans, Prentice Hall, 1st, Edition
(September 6, 2000).

106
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

107
 4. Digital Signal Processing

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Course Code ECEg3151
Course Title Digital Signal Processing
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Electrical Systems Engineering
Module Code ECEg-M3151
Module Coordinator Xx
Lecturer Xx
ECTS Credits 6
Student work load Lecture Tutorial Practice or Home study
Laboratory
32 48 0 64

Course Objectives &  Introduce students to methods of discrete-time signals and systems
Competences to be representation and analysis
Acquired  Introduce design methods and realization structures of discrete-time
systems.
 Introduce signal processing applications using signal processing
development kits for a chosen DSP chip
 Introduce the application of digital signal processing
Course Description This course starts by discussing discrete time signals and linear systems. It
presents Z-transform and its application. It then dealt with sampling and
quantization, A/D and D/A converters. It discusses about discrete Fourier
transform and fast Fourier transform. And also explores the implementation of
digital filters (IIR and FIR). At last it briefly discuss
about decimation and interpolation.
Week Contact hour Course Contents
1. Introduction to digital signal processing:
Definitions, Block diagram of DSP, Advantages of Digital over Analog
Signal Processing, Sampling and quantization, A/D and D/A converters.

108
 2. Discrete-time systems convolution
Classification of Discrete-Time signals; Block diagram representation of
Discrete-Time systems, Classification of Discrete-Time systems;
Analysis of Discrete time linear time invariant systems in time using
convolution and in frequency domain
3. Z-transforms and its Implementation;

3. DFT and Fast Fourier Transform Algorithms:

Discrete Fourier transform; Efficient computation of DFT using FFT;

Radix-2 Decimation in time FFT and Radix-2 Decimation in frequency Fast
Fourier transform algorithms.
4. Digital filter realizations
Structures for FIR systems: Direct form structure and cascade form
structures; Structures for IIR systems: Direct form structures, Cascade-
form structures, Parallel form structures
5. FIR and IIR Filters
Filter Design Methods: Design of IIR Digital filters from analog filters,
step and impulse invariance techniques, and bilinear transformation
method. Design of FIR Digital Filters, Fourier method. Digital filters
using Window techniques.
6. Adaptive Signal Processing and itsapplication
Decimation, Interpolation; random signals; adaptive signal processing
and its application.
7. Application of Digital Signal Processing
Image Processing
Speech Processing
Pre-requisites Signal and Systems Analysis

Semester Year 3, Semester II

Status of Course Compulsory

Teaching & Learning Lecture supported by tutorial, assignments & Laboratoey,

Methods Demonstrations.
Assessment/Evaluation Exams, quizzes, assignments and simulation
& Grading System

109
 Course policy  All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism
will not be tolerated
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for
class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five minutes
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value in
your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References [1] A. Oppenheim and Schafer, "Discrete-time Signal Processing" Prentice
Hall.
[2] S. J. Orfanidis, "Introduction to Signal Processing'; Prentice Hall
[3] J. G. Proakis and D. G. Manolakis, "Introduction to Digital Signal
Processing" Macmilan Publishing Company.
[4] V. K. Ingle and J. G. Proakis, "Digital Signal Processing Using MatlabV.4"
PWS Publishing
[5] Sanjit K.Mitra ‗Digital Signal Processing‘, A Computer Based Approach,
Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 1998.

Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

110
 5. Communication Systems

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Course Code ECEg4272
Course Title Communication Systems
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Communication System
Module Code ECEg-M4271
Module Coordinator Xx
Lecturer Xx
ECTS Credits 5
Student work load Lecture Tutorial Practice or Home study
Laboratory
48 48 0 48

Course Objectives &  To introduce students to digital communication systems and its
Competences to be applications
Acquired  To enable students to analyze the performance of receivers in
the presence of noise.
 To enable the student design optimum receivers and introduce
them to the theory of information and coding.
Course Description In this course revision of spectral analysis, random variables and process will
be made since this topic is very much essentially in the forthcoming chapters.
The course proceeds with the analysis of mathematical
representation of noise. It further considers the effect of noise in analog
modulation as well as digital modulation.
Under analog modulation noise in amplitude modulation and noise in
frequency modulation will be covered and the effect of noise in pulse/digital-
modulation system will be covered. The course also covers optimum receiver
design and it will introduce to channel equalization. Lastly the course deals
with information theory and coding.
Week C.hour Course Contents

111
 1. Review of digital communication systems

2. Information theory and coding : introduction, types of coding,

application and design
3. Digital Modulation Techniques
PSK, FSK and QAM, Noise performance of digital modulation
techniques, Optimum receiver design for digital modulation
techniques in the presence of noise, mitigation techniques
4. Spread Spectrum Communication Systems:
introduction, types spread spectrum communication, modeling and
design of spread spectrum communication.
5. Introduction to MIMO Communication:
Introduction, Principles, types, Modeling and design of MIMO
Systems.
6. Introduction to OFDM Communication

Pre-requisites ECEg3152:Introduction to Communication Systems

Semester Year 4, Semester I

Status of Course Compulsory

Teaching & Learning Lecturers, quizzes, discussions, assignments and paper

Methods works, laboratory demonstration and simulation
Assessment/Evaluation Exams, Quiz‘s, Assignments and simulation and
& Grading System laboratory evaluation
Course policy  All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism
will not be tolerated
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for
class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five minutes
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value

112
 in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References [1] Haykin: Communication Systems 4e
[2] Taub and Schilling: Principles of Communication Systems, 2nd edition
[3] Leon W. Couch: Digital and Analog Communication Systems (6th
Edition)
[4] B.P. Lathi: Modern Digital and Analog Communications Systems (The
Oxford Series in Electrical and Computer Engineering)
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

113
 6. Telecommunication Networks

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Course Code ECEg4282
Course Title Telecommunication Networks
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Data and Telecom Networks
Module Code ECEg-M4281
Module Coordinator Xx
Lecturer Xx
ECTS Credits 5
Student work load Lecture Tutorial Practice or Home study
Laboratory
32 48 0 48

Course Objectives &  To inspect and summarize the major features of today's most popular
Competences to be telecommunication networks as well as the forthcoming ones
Acquired  To get oneself familiar to the related standardization work stablished
by ITU (InternationalTelecomrnunications Union), ETSI
(EuropeanTelecommunications Standards Institute) and various other
worldwide standardization bodies.
 To understand digital signaling techniques
 To understand sensor and adhoc networks
Course Description The main aim of this course is exploring historical evolution of
telecommunication networks and today‘s telecommunication networks and
standards. The course also introduces different types of telecommunication
core network technologies used previously and in today‘s telecommunication
technology. The advantage and disadvantage of different channel sharing
technologies that are SDH, PDH, SONET and ATM will be explored. In
addition to these multiplexing techniques the access technologies used in
telecommunication, starting with the old public switched telephone networks
up to the modern telecommunication technologies i.e. ISDN and DSL will be

114
 dealt. And finally the access technologies used in wireless mobile
communication i.e CDMA and GSM will beconsidered.
Week Contact hour Course Contents
1. History and Evolution of Telecommunicationnetworks

2. Basics of Telecom Networks: Telephone, computer, cable television

and wireless networks, networking principles, and digitization: service
integration, network services and layered architecture, traffic
characterization and QOS, network services:
network elements and network mechanisms.
3. Introduction to digital telecom signaling andapplications; overview
of SDH, PDH, SONET andATM
4. Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) andPublic Land
Mobile Networks.
5. Introduction to Digital Subscriber LineTechnologies; DSL, ADSL.
HDSL, SDSL.VDSL.Overview of packet-switched networks, local
loops and its access mechanisms.
6. Packet Switched Networks: OSI and IP models:
Ethernet (IEEE 802.3); token ring (IEEE 802.5), FDDI, DQDB, frame
relay: SMDS: Internet working with SMDS, Internet protocol; TCP
and VDP, performance of TCP / IP networks circuit –switched
networks: SONET; DWDM, Fiber to home, DSL.
Intelligent networks, CATV
7. Emerging telecom networks : wireless sensor networks, adhoc
networks
Pre-requisites ECEg4272: Communication Systems

Semester Year 4, Semester II

Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecturers, Tutorials, paper work and Assignments
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation Exams, Quiz‘s, Assignments and simulation and laboratory
& Grading System evaluation
Course policy  All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.

115
  Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism
will not be tolerated
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for
class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five minutes
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value
in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References [1] T Aattalainen: "Introduction toTelecommunications Network
Engineering'.'Artech House
[2] T. Saadawi: "Fundamentals ofTelecommunication Networks" JohnWiley
& Sons (1994)
[3] M. P. Clark: "Networks and Telecommunications'; JohnWiley & Sons
‗1991
[4] R. L. Freeman: "Telecommunication System Engineering" John Wiley &
Sons (199'I I
[5] A. Leon-Garcia and IndraWidjaja: "Communication Networks:
Fundamental Concepts
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

116
 7. Antennas and Radio Wave Propagations

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Course Code ECEg4292
Course Title Antennas and Radio Wave Propagations
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name EM Waves and Antennas
Module Code ECEg-M4291
Module Coordinator Xx
Lecturer Xx
ECTS Credits 5
Student work load Lecture Tutorial Practice or Home study
Laboratory
48 - 48 80

Course Objectives &  To understand and quantify how antennas launch

Competences to be electromagnetic waves into the surrounding medium.
Acquired  To understand types of antennas and describe their radiation
characteristics.
 To gain insight into how radio waves (Ground waves, Sky waves. Line of
Sight waves, etc.) Propagate into space.
Course Description In this course, the topics to be covered include the different
potential functions to derive Electric and magnetic fields;
different types of practical Wire Antennas; Antenna Parameters;
Antenna Arrays; Radio Wave Propagations.
Week Contact hour Course Contents
1. Introduction to Antenna Systems
Basic Principles
Types of Antennas
Electromagnetic Wave Radiation Mechanisms.
Radiation Integrals and Auxiliary Potential Functions

117
 2. Fundamental Parameters of Antenna
Radiation Pattern
Radiation Power Density and Radiation Intensity
Beamwidth and Directivity
Gain and Radiation Efficiency.
Polarization
3. Linear wire and Loop Antennas
Introduction
modeling ,
design techniques and procedures,
types and applications
4. Synthesis of Array Antennas
Introduction
Two Element Array
N-Element Array
Design Procedures for Array Antennas
5. Reflector Antennas
Introduction
Types of Reflector Antennas
Parabolic Reflector Antennas
Design of Reflector Antennas
6. Microstrip Antennas
Introduction
Feeding Techniques
Methods of Analysis
Design Procedures and Specifications
7. Antenna Measurements
Amplitude and Phase Measurement
Gain And Directivity Measurement
Impedance and Polarization Measurement
Antenna Range Design and Evaluation

118
Pre-requisites EM Waves and Guide Structures

Semester Year 4, Semester II

Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecturers, Tutorials , term papers work, Assignments, simulation,
Methods laboratories
Assessment/Evaluation Exams, Quiz‘s, Assignments and simulation and laboratory
& Grading System evaluation
 All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism will
not be tolerated
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to discussions.
Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for
class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five minutes
Course policy  Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value in
your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References [1] Constantine A. Balanis, ―Antenna Theory: Analysis and Design‖,
John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 3rd Edition.
[2] Warren L.Stutzman and Gary A.Thiele, ―Antenna Theory and
Design‖, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
[3] John D.Kraus, ―Antennas‖, Tata McGraw-Hill Ltd, 2nd Edition.
[4] Thomas A.Millgan, ―Modern Antenna Design‖, McGraw-Hill Ltd,
3rd Edition.
[5] Chand L.Godara, ―Smart Antennas‖, CRC Press.
Approved By:
______________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

119
 8. Wireless and Mobile Communication Systems

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Course Code ECEg4283
Course Title Wireless and Mobile Communication Systems
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Data and Telecom Network
Module Code ECEg-M4281
Module Coordinator Xx
Lecturer Xx
ECTS Credits 5
Student work load Lecture Tutorial Practice or Home study
Laboratory
48 - 48 80

Course Objectives &  Understand the general principles of wireless and mobile communication.
Competences to be  Understand the fundamental problems and countermeasure techniques in
Acquired digital communications over wireless mobile channels.
 Design mitigation techniques to avoid the problems of the wireless
channels.
 Understand the basics principles of mobilegeneration systems.
 Analyze the basic principles of radio resource management in wireless
communications
 Model and simulate specific mobile communicationnetworks
Course Description In this course, the topics to be covered include overview of wireless
communication systems and evolution of wireless networking (1G, 2G, and 3G);
the cellular system design fundamentals: network planning, channel assignment,
handoff, network management, channel capacity,
interference cancellation; mobile radio propagation concepts: large-scale path loss
and propagation models, small scale path loss and propagation models , multipath
fading; equalization and diversity techniques: adaptive equalizers, linear and
nonlinear equalization, diversity techniques (space, time frequency and

120
 polarization), Rake receiver; multiple access techniques(TDMA,FDMA, SSMA,
random access); overview of GSM and CDMAtechnologies.
Week Contact Course Contents
hour
1. Overview of Wireless and MobileCommunications
Basic principles of wireless communications
History of wireless communication system
Types of wireless communication systems
Trends in cellular radio communication systems
2. Mobile Radio Channel Modeling andMitigations
 Wireless channel models and signal propagations
 Large scale fading channel models
 Small scale fading channel models
 Mitigation techniques for fading channels
 Equalization techniques
 Spatial domain processing(diversity) techniquesCoding techniques
3. Basics of Wireless Cellular Systems
 Concept of cellular systems & designfundamentals
 Cellular concept and frequency reuse
 Channel assignment techniques
Handoff strategies
Interference and system capacity
Trunking and upgrading the grade of services
4. Types of Multiple Access Schemes forWireless Systems
FDMA multiple access schemes
TDMA multiple access schemes
CDMA multiple access schemes
OFDMA multiple access schemes
5. Evolution of Mobile Telephony Systems
First generation (1G) system
AMPS, TACS
Second generation (2G) system

121
 GSM & GPRS
Third generation (3G ) systems
WCDMA & CDMA 2000
WIMAX
Fourth generation (4G )systems
LTE
6. Fundamentals of Mobile Computing
Introduction to mobile computing
Modelling and simulation of mobile systems
Location management schemes
Energy-efficient computing and communication
Application of Mobile Computing
Pre-requisites ECEg4272: Communication Systems

Semester Year 4, Semester II

Status of Course Compulsory

Teaching & Learning Lecturers, Tutorials , term papers work, Assignments, simulation,
Methods laboratories
Assessment/Evaluation Exams, Quiz‘s, Assignments and simulation and laboratory
& Grading System evaluation
 All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism will
not be tolerated
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to discussions.
Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided according
to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for class.
I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five minutes
Course policy  Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value in
your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.

122
References [1] P. M. Shankar, ―Introduction to Wireless Systems‖, Drexel Univ., 2001.
[2] A. Goldsmith, ―Wireless Communications‖, Cambridge University Press, 2005.
[3] Theodore S. Rappaport, ―Wireless Communications: Principle and Practice‖,
Prentice Hall PTR, Second Edition, 2002.
[4] Jochen H. Schiller, ―Mobile Communications‖, Addison Wesley Pub. Corp.,
2003.
[5] Y. Park and F. Adachi, ―Enhanced Radio Access Technologies for Next
Generation Mobile Communication‖, Springer Science + Business Media Inc.,
2007.
[6] Reza B‘far, ―Mobile Computing Principles: Designing and Developing Mobile
Applications With Uml and Xml‖, Cambridge University Press,2005
[7] R. P. C. Francisco and S. Andersson, ―Optimizing Wireless Communication
Systems‖, Springer Science + Business Media Ltd., 2009.
[8] M. Schwartz, ―Telecommunication Networks: Protocols, Modelling and
Analysis‖, Addison Wesley Pub. Corp., 1987.
[9] Larry.L.Peterson and B.S.Davie, ―Computer Networks: A System Approach‖,
3rd Edition, 2003.
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

123
 9. Optics and Optical Communication Systems

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Course Code ECEg4302
Course Title Optics and Optical Communication Systems
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Data and Telecom Network
Module Code ECEg-M4281
Module Coordinator Xx
Lecturer Xx
ECTS Credits 5
Student work load Lecture Tutorial Practice or Home study
Laboratory
48 - 48 80

Course Objectives & On successful completion of this course the students will be able to
Competences to be Understanding light wave generation systems, optical fibres, and dispersion
Acquired techniques.
Design optical transmitter and receivers
Analyze WDM techniques and optical amplifiers.
Analyze dispersion compensation techniques and be familiar with its
limitation..
Course Description This course is to famililarize the students with historyof optical communication
systems, optical transceivers, light signal systems & dispersion compensations.
Week Contact hour Course Contents
1. Introduction to Optical Communication Systems
Historical overview of optical fiber communications and
current importance, Light wave generation systems, system components,
optical fibers, SI, GI fibers, modes,
Dispersion in SM fibers, limitations due to dispersion, Fiber
loss, non linear effects. Dispersion shifted and Dispersion

124
 flattened fibers.

2. Optical Transmitters And Receivers

Basic concepts, LED‘s structures spectral distribution,
semiconductor lasers, gain coefficients, modes, SLM and
STM operation, Transmitter design, Receiver PIN and APD diodes
design, noise sensitivity and degradation,
Receiver amplifier design.
3. Light Wave Systems
Coherent, homodyne and heterodyne keying formats, BER in
synchronous - and asynchronous- receivers, sensitivity degradation,
system performance, Multichannel, WDM, multiple access networks,
WDM components, TDM, Subcarrier and Code division multiplexing.
4. Light Signal Amplifiers Circuits
Basic concepts, Semiconductor laser amplifiers, Raman - and Brillouin-
fiber amplifiers, Erbium doped –fiber amplifiers, pumping phenomenon,
LAN and cascaded in-line amplifiers.
5. Light Signal Dispersion Compensation
Limitations, Post- and Pre- compensation techniques, Equalizing filters,
fiber based gratings, Broad band compensation, soliton communication
system, fiber soliton, Soliton based communication system design, High
capacity and WDM soliton system.
Pre-requisites ECEg4272: Communication Systems

Semester Year 4, Semester II

Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecturers, Tutorials , term papers work, Assignments, simulation,
Methods laboratories
Assessment/Evaluation Exams, Quiz‘s, Assignments and simulation and laboratory
& Grading System evaluation
 All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism
will not be tolerated
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to

125
 discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for
class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five minutes
Course policy  Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value in
your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References [1] Fiber-Optic Cornmunications Technology, Djafar K. Mynbaev and Loweli
L. Scheiner Prentice Hall, 2001
[2] Aggarwal G.P., ―Fiber optic communication systems‖, 2nd Ed., John Wiley
& Sons, New York, 1997.
[3] G.Keiser, ―Optical fiber communication systems‖, McGraw-Hill, New
York, 2000.
[4] Franz & Jain, ―Optical communication, Systems and components‖, Narosa
Publications, New Delhi, 2000.
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

126
 10. Computational Methods

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Course Code ECEg2103
Course Title Computational Methods
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Advanced Engineering Mathematics
Module Code ECEg-M2101
Module Coordinator Xx
Lecturer Xx
ECTS Credits 5
Student work load Lecture Tutorial Practice or Home study
Laboratory
48 - 48 48

Course Objectives & Students shall learn basics of mathematical modeling, different numerical methods
Competences to be for determination of roots of equations,
Acquired fundamentals of linear algebraic equations, least square regressions and
interpolation methods, numerical differentiation and integration, and solving
ordinary differential equations numerically.
Course Description This course is aimed at introducing the students with Number System, Numerical
Error Analysis and Solution of Nonlinear
Equations. In addition, it will cover revision of matrices,
interpolation & approximation, numerical differentiation &
integration. And finally, it will introduce them with FEM & FDTD.
Week C.hour Course Contents
1. Number System and Numerical Error Analysis
The Error Problem; Representation of Integers and Fractions; Number
Representation and Storage in Computers; Rounding Off Problem;
Numerical Errors;
Significant Digits; Numerical Cancellation; Algorithm

127
 for Conversion from one base to another; Computational Problems and
Algorithms; Computational Efficiency; Computational Methods for Error
Estimation
2. Solution of Nonlinear Equations
Methods used in Root Finding; Summary of the Solutions of Nonlinear
Equations; Fixed Point Iteration; Real Roots of Polynomial Equations;
Iterative Methods for Finding Real Zeros of a Polynomial; Order of
Convergence
3. Review Matrices and its Computation
Elementary Properties of Matrices; Orthogonality andOrthonormality of
Vectors and Matrices; Norm of Vectors and Matrices, System of Linear
Equations Existence and Uniqueness of Solutions; Methods of Solution of
Linear Equations,
4. Solution of Systems of Nonlinear Equations
The Iterative Method; The Newton-Raphson Method
5. Interpolation and Approximation
Class of Common Approximation Functions; Criteria for
the Choice of the Approximate Function; Finite Differences; Divided
Differences; Interpolation by Polynomials; Least Square Approximation by
Polynomials; Piecewise Polynomial Approximation; Cubic Spline
Interpolation
6. Numerical Differentiation and Integration
Numerical Differentiation; Numerical Integration,numerical Solutions of
Differential Equations
Ordinary Differential Equations; Partial Differential Equations
7. Introduction to FEM and FDTD Methods

Pre-requisites Math2023: Applied mathematics-III,

ECEg2033: Introduction to Computing
Semester Year II, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lectures, tutorials, assignments, laboratory and paper work
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation Exams, Quiz‘s, Assignments and simulation and laboratory

128
& Grading System evaluation

 All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students

Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism will
not be tolerated
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to discussions.
Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided according
to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for class.
I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five minutes
Course policy  Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value in
your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References [1] Chapra C.S. and Canale P.R., ―Numerical Methods for Engineers with
Programming and Software Application‖
[2] Recktenwald, Gerald. Numerical Methods with Matlab, Prentice Hall, 2000.
[3] Erwin Kreysizg (2005), Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th edition,
Wiley.
[4] Stewart, J. (2002), Calculus, 5th edition, Brooks Cole.
[5] Brown, J. W. & Churchill, R. V. (2003), Complex Variables and Applications,
7th edition
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

129
 11. Probability and Random Process

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Course Code ECEg2104
Course Title Probability and Random Process
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Advanced Engineering Mathematics
Module Code ECEg-M2101
Module Coordinator Xx
Lecturer Xx
ECTS Credits 5
Student work load Lecture Tutorial Practice or Home study
Laboratory
32 48 - 48

Course Objectives & On successful completion of this course the students will be able to:
Competences to be Comprehend probability theory
Acquired Understand functions, calculus and transformation of stochastic processes
Specify stochastic processes as models
Use stochastic processes to Electrical Engineering applications.
Course Description Introducing some application area of probability and random processes and
revising Set theory, Function, Factorial, Permutation and Combination. Basic
concept of Probability Theory: Probability models and axioms, Conditional
probability, total probability,Independence and Bayes‘ the0rem. Random
Variables, Probability Distributions and Densities function, Discrete and
Continuous random variables, Gaussian Random Variable and Q-Function,
Conditional Distribution and Density Function. Expectations, variances,
moments, Expectation of a Function of Random Variable, Characteristic
Function , Central Limit Theorem and Transformation of Random Variables.
Two and more random variables and their joint distributions and densities.
Random processes, Auto and cross correlation Functions, covariance, Stationary
Random Processes, Ergodic Random Processes and Power Spectral Density

130
 Function. Introduction to parameter estimation and prediction.

Week C.hour Course Contents

1. Introduction to probability theory: including discrete and continuous
random variables
2. Random variables and random distribution.

3. Discrete and continuous density functions; probability

functions, calculus and transformation of stochastic processes,
characterization and specification of stochastic processes as models of
signal ensembles;
4. Stationery and Ergodicity: correlation and power spectral desnsity; the
Wiener, Poission, Markoff and Gaussian, Rayleigh process ; orthogonal
series and representation.
5. Representation of random processes: Random processes, Random
process in linear systems, application of random process,
6. Power Spectral Estimation and Stochastic FilterDesign

Pre-requisites None

Semester Year II, Semester II

Status of Course Compulsory

Teaching & Learning Lectures, tutorials, assignments and simulations

Methods
Assessment/Evaluation Exams, Quiz‘s, Assignments and simulation
& Grading System
 All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism will
not be tolerated
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to discussions.
Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for
class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five minutes

131
 Course policy  Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value in
your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References [1] R.B.Ash & W.A. Gardner; Topics in Stochastic Processes- Wiley
[2] H.Stark & J.W Woods; probability and Random processes and estimation
theory for engineer(2/e)-PHI
[3] E.Wong & B.Hajek: Stochastic processes in Engineering systems-Springer
Verlag.
[4] E.Wong: Introduction to Random Processes- Springer Verlag.
[5] Kenneth H.Rosen: Discrete Mathematics and its ApplicationsMcGraw-Hill.
[6] Ochi.M.K. Applied probability ans Stochastic processes, John Wiley & Sons
(1992).
[7] Peebles JR.,P.Z., Probability Random Variables and Random Signal
principles, McGraw Hill Inc., (1993)
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

132
 12. Microelectronics Devices and Circuits

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Course Code ECEg4261
Course Title Microelectronic Devices and Circuits
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Microelectronic Devices and Circuits
Module Code ECEg4261
Module Coordinator Xx
Lecturer Xx
ECTS Credits 5
Student work load Lecture Tutorial Practice or Home study
Laboratory
32 - 48 48

Course Objectives & 1. To understand the basic concepts realization of microelectronic devices and
Competences to be circuits;
Acquired 2. To understand and design microelectronic systems;
3. To be able to effectively model and design microelectronic systems and
networks.
Course Description In this course, the topics to be covered include modeling of microelectronic
devices, basic microelectronic circuit analysis and design, physical electronics
of semiconductor junction and MOS devices, relation of electrical behavior to
internal physical processes, development of circuit models, and understanding
the uses and limitations of various models. The course uses incremental and
large-signal techniques to analyze and design bipolar and field effect
transistor circuits, with examples chosen from digital circuits, single-ended
and differential linear amplifiers.
Week C.hour Course Contents
1. Boltzmann diode model: introduction, principle, modeling and
analysis , simulation , design and development stages, application
2. Design of rectifier circuit and computer aidedanalysis: :

133
 introduction, principle, modeling and analysis , simulation , design and
development stages, application
3. NMOS and PMOS transistor operating principle:
modeling MOS transistor, design of CMOS inverter and
simulation BJT models; Advantages and limitations of the
simulation models
4. Introduction to RF Circuits and Systems : RF circuits,
Impedance matching and Quality factor, Efficiency, Amplifiers, RF
preamplifiers , filters, Frequency converters, Mixers, Radio receivers;
oscillators and PLL,amplifiers and power supplies
Pre-requisites ECEg3093:Electrical Materials and Technology
ECEg2113: Applied Electronics II
Semester Year 4, Semester I

Status of Course Compulsory

Teaching & Learning Lectures, tutorials, assignments, laboratory and paper work
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation Exams, Quiz‘s, Assignments and simulation and laboratory
& Grading System evaluation
 All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism
will not be tolerated
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for
class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five minutes
Course policy  Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value
in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References [1] M. N. Horenstein, Microelectronic Circuits and Devices, Prentice Hall, 2
nd ed., 1996.

134
 [2] R. C. Jaeger, Microelectronic Circuit Design, McGraw Hill, 1997.
[3] S. Sedra and K. C. Smith, Microelectronic Circuits, 4th ed., 1997.
[4] Adel S. Sedra , K. C. Smith : Microelectronic Circuits: microelectronic
Circuits, Oxford University Press; 5th edition Nov 2003.
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

135
 13. Introduction to Communication Systems

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Course Code ECEg3152
Course Title Introduction to Communication Systems
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Electrical Systems Engineering
Module Code ECEg-M3151
Module Coordinator Xx
Lecturer Xx
ECTS Credits 6
Student work load Lecture Tutorial Practice or Home study
Laboratory
32 48 32 48

Course Objectives & To give a strong background in communication systems engineering.

Competences to be To teach the different analog and digital linear and non-linear modulation and
Acquired demodulation techniques those are common to many communication systems.
Course Description This course introduces the student to Short description of an analog
communication system, Analysis of deterministic signals in frequency domain,
Signal transmission in base band, Linear distortion, Nonlinear distortion and
commanding, Analog modulation systems, Analysis of linear modulations such
as AM, DSB, SSB ,Linear modulation and demodulation techniques also
combined with FDM, Nonlinear modulation techniques such as PM and FM,
Survey of sampling techniques for analog pulse modulations such as PAM,
PPM and PDM, Pulse modulation systems, PCM, DM, DPCM,FSK, PSK and
ASK
Week C.hour Course Contents
1. Analysis and Transmission of Signals
Analog communication system
Analysis of deterministic signals in frequency domain
Signal transmission in base band

136
 Linear distortion
Nonlinear distortion and companding
Frequency allocation,
Electromagnetic wave propagation models
2. Amplitude (linear) modulation.
Analysis of linear modulations such as AM, DSB,DSBSC,SSB, VSB
Linear modulation and demodulation techniques also combined with
FDM
3. Angle modulation
PM and FM modulation and demodulation techniques
Narrow band and Wide band Angle modulation
4. Base band pulse signaling
The sampling theorem, , Quantizing and Encoding,
PAM,PCM,QAM,FSK, PSK and ASK
5. Introduction to Data communication
Introduction
Model for data communication
TDM and PCM frames
Digital carrier systems and multiplexing
Pre-requisites ECEg2113: Applied Electronics II
ECEg3122: Network Analysis and Synthesis
ECEg2104: Probability and Random Processes
Semester Year III, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lectures, tutorials, assignments, laboratory and paper work
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation Exams, Quiz‘s, Assignments and simulation and laboratory
& Grading System evaluation
 All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism
will not be tolerated

137
  Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for
class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five minutes
Course policy  Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value in
your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References 1. Simon Haykin: Communication Systems [Text Book]
2. Taub and Schilling: Principles of Communication
SystemsMcGraw-Hill, 1999.
3. Leon W. Couch II, ―Digital and Analog Communication Systems
Approved By:

_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

138
 14. EM Waves and Guide Structures

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Course Code ECEg4291
Course Title EM Waves & Guide Structures
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering (Communication Engineering focus Area)
Module Name EM Waves and Antennas
Module Code ECEg-M4291
Module Coordinator Xx
Lecturer Xx
ECTS Credits 5
Student work load Lecture Tutorial Practice or Home study
Laboratory
48 - 48 48

Course Objectives &  Understand and quantify the effects of accelerated charges inProducing time-
Competences to be varying electromagnetic waves.
Acquired  Be able to derive- from Maxwell‘s equations- the governing equations for EM
wave propagation, RF transmission lines, rectangular waveguides and
resonant cavities.
 Have gained insight into the applications of RF transmission lines, the use of
Smith Chart and matching techniques
Course Description This course introduces the student to Advanced Electromagnetic Wave &Guide
structure. Topics covered include: Review of Vectors and Maxwell‘s Equations,
Field Quantities; Maxwell‘s Equations; Boundary Conditions; Time-Harmonic
Fields, Electromagnetic Wave Propagation, Waves in General; Wave Propagation
in Lossy Dielectrics; Plane Wave sin Free Space; Plane Waves in Lossless
Dielectrics; Plane Waves in Good Conductors; Power and Pointing Vector,
Pointing Theorem; Refection of Plane Wave at Normal and Oblique Incidence;
Summary of TEM Waves, Transmission Lines , Transmission Line Equations;
Input Impedance, SWR, and Power; The Smith Chart; Some Application of
Transmission Lines, Waveguides: Rectangular Waveguides; TM Modes;

139
 TEModes; Power Transmission and Attenuation; Waveguide Resonators.

Week C.hour Course Contents

1. Review of Vectors and Maxwell’s Equations
Scalar & Vector Fields; Line, Surface, & Volume Integrals; Gradient of a
Scalar field, Divergence & Curl of a Vector Field.
The Divergence & Stokes‘s Theorems, Laplacian of a Scalar
Field;,Helmholz‘s Theorem; Field Quantities;.
Maxwell‘s Equations; Boundary Conditions; TimeHarmonic Fields.
2. Electromagnetic Wave Propagation
Introduction
Waves in General
Wave Propagation in Lossy Dielectrics
Plane Waves in Free Space
Plane Waves in Lossless Dielectrics
Plane Waves in Good Conductors
Power and Poynting Vector, Poynting Theorem
Refection of Plane Wave at Normal and Oblique Incidence
3. EM waves in Transmission l
Transmission line model
Transmission Line Equations
Input Impedance, SWR, and Power
The Smith Chart
Some Application of Transmission Lines.
4. Waveguides
Introduction
Rectangular Waveguides
TM Modes
TE Modes
Power Transmission and Attenuation
Waveguide Resonators
Pre-requisites ECEg2092: Electromagnetic Fields
ECEg3152:Introduction to Communication System

140
 Math2023: Applied Engineering Mathematics III

Semester Year 4, Semester I

Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lectures, tutorials, assignments, laboratory and paper work
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation Exams, Quiz‘s, Assignments and simulation and laboratory
& Grading System evaluation
 All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism will
not be tolerated
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to discussions.
Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for
class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five minutes
Course policy  Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value in
your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References 1. Matthew N. O. Sadiku: Elements of Electromagnetics, Oxford University Press,
USA; 4thedition Oct 24,2006[Text Book]
2. Woldegiorgis Woldemariam (Prof.), Applied Electromagnetic Fields and
Waves, Addis Ababa University, 1991
3. Hayt, W.H.: Engineering Electromagnetics, 4th ed., McGraw-Hill, 1981.
4. Popovic and Popovic: Introductory electromagnetics, (Prentice Hall, 2000).
5. David J. Griffiths: Introduction to Electrodynamics, 3rd ed., Prentice-Hall, Inc.,
1999.
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

141
 15. Microwave Devices and Systems

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Course Code ECEg4301
Course Title Microwave Devices and Systems
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering (Communication focus Area)
Module Name Microwave and Optical Communication
Module Code ECEg-M4301
Module Coordinator Xx
Lecturer Xx
ECTS Credits 5
Student work load Lecture Tutorial Practice or Home study
Laboratory
48 - 48 48

Course Objectives & Appreciate the use of microwave devices and systems that they come across in
Competences to be their carriers and daily life.
Acquired Gain knowledge and understanding of the working principles ofdifferent types
of waveguides
Understand and use the basic microwave devices and systems (both classical
and modern)
Course Description The course mainly deals with different types of waveguides, mostly
passive and partly active microwave devices & systems and their
application in communication systems. The course focuses on concepts, theories
and applications of microwave devices and systems. The course also comprises
of a term paper. It consists of: Principles and Analysis of Waveguides,
Introduction to Microwave Circuits, Review of Network Parameters and
Transmission Line Theory, The Scattering Parameters, Impedance Matching,
Passive Microwave Components and Networks, Introduction to Active
Microwave Devices.
Week C.hour Course Contents
 Review of principle and Analysis of Wave Guide

142
 Introduction
Wave guide principles and analysis
Types and mode classificationTimeHarmonic Fields.
 Review of Network Parameters &Transmission Line Theory
Review of Network Parameters
Measurement of incident and reflected waves
S &T parameters
Review of Transmission line that operate at microwave frequency
 Microwave Circuit and Systems
Introduction
Microwave circuit and systems
Microwave transmitters and receivers.
 Passive Microwave Components and Networks
Basic principles
Types of basic Microwave Devices
Matching network design
 Introduction to Active Microwave Devices and Networks
Basic principles of active microwave devices
Types of active microwave devices
 Matching network design
Pre-requisites ECEg4291:EM Waves & Guide Structures
Semester Year 4, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lectures, tutorials, assignments, laboratory and paper work
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation Exams, Quiz‘s, Assignments and simulation and laboratory evaluation
& Grading System Continuous Assessment=50%.
 final Exam=50%
 All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism will
not be tolerated

143
  Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to discussions.
Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for
class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five minutes
Course policy  Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value in
your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References 1. ―Microwave Transistor ,amplifier analysis and design‖, byGonzalez(textbook)
2. ―Microwave Circuit Design using linear and non-linear techniques‖, by
Vendelin/Pavio
3. ―Computer Aided Design of Microwave Circuits‖, by K.C.
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

144
 16. Digital logic design

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Course Code ECEg3141
Course Title Digital logic design
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Computer Architecture and Programming
Module Code ECEg-M3141
Module Coordinator Xx
Lecturer Xx
ECTS Credits 6
Student work load Lecture Tutorial Practice or Home
Laboratory study
32 32 48 48

Course Objectives & Convert between decimal, binary, octal, and hexadecimal Number systems.
Competences to be Differentiate different Codes in digital system.
Acquired Perform two-level logic minimization using Boolean algebra and
Karnaugh maps minimization method.
Analyze the properties and realization of the various logic gates.
Perform binary addition and subtraction.
Implement the Boolean Functions using NAND and NOR gates.
Incorporate medium scale integrated circuits, like decoders,encoders,
multiplexers, etc., into circuit design.
Differentiate and Design Combinational and Sequential circuits.
Design and analyze clocked sequential circuits.
Use various types of latches and flip-flops to build binary memory and
counters.
Perform asynchronous and synchronous sequential logic analysis
Course Description This course provides an overview of the principles underlying
Number systems, arithmetic operations, decimal codes,
alphanumeric codes, Boolean algebra, Karnaugh maps,

145
 implementation of digital logic gates using universal gates(NAND
and NOR gates), exclusive-OR gates, integrated circuits,
combinational circuits, decoders, encoders, multiplexers,
Demultiplexers adders, subtractors, multipliers, sequential circuits,
latches, flip-flops, sequential circuits analysis, and counters. Finally,
under this course, Analysis and design of combinational and
sequential logic systems will be done.
Week C.hour Course Contents
1 10 1. Introduction to Digital Systems Readings :
Digital and analogue quantities [1] pp1-26
Binary digit logic level and digital
waveform.
2. Number system ,operations and codes
Decimal number Reading [1]19-50
Binary number Assignment 1

Decimal to binary conversation

2,3 10 1‘s and 2‘s compliment of binary number
Signed number
Hexadecimal number
Octal number
BCD
3. Logic gates
The inverter
The AND gate Readings :
4,5 10 The OR gate [1] 78- 106

The NAND gate Quiz 1

The NOR gate

The Exclusive OR and Exclusive NOR
gates
4. Boolean algebra and Logic
simplification
Boolean operation andexpression Readings :

146
6,7 15 Laws and rules of Boolean algebra [1] 118- 146
De morgan Theorems Assignment 2

Boolean analysis of logic circuit

The K-map
5. Combinational logic
8 15 Functions of combinational logic
Basic combinational logic circuits Readings : [1]

Implementing Combinational logic pp163- 200

Universal property of NAND and NOR Quiz 2

gates
9 10 6. Adders , decoders , encoders Assignment 3
,multiplexers and de multiplexers
7. Flip flops
10,11 10 Latches
Edge triggered flip flops Readings

Master slave flip flops Assignme

Applications nt 4

12 8. Counters
Synchronous counters
Asynchronous counters Readings:

Up/down counters Mini project

Design of synchronous counters

13,14 9. Shift registers
Basic shift registers
Serial in serial out registers Reading
Serial in parallel out Registers Assignment5 quiz3
15 10. Memory and storage (optional)
Basics of semiconductor Memory
Random access memory (RAM‘s)
Read only memory (ROM‘s)
ProgrammableROM;s(PROM,EEPRM)
Flash memories

147
Pre-requisites ECEg2113 : Applied Electronics II
Semester Year 3, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lectures, tutorials, assignments, laboratory and paper work
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation Exams, Quiz‘s, Assignments and simulation and laboratory evaluation
& Grading System Continuous Assessment=50%.
 final Exam=50%
 All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism
will not be tolerated
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for
class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five minutes
Course policy  Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value
in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References 1. Morris M. Mano: Digital Design (3rd Edition)
2. R. J. Tocci and N. S. Widmer: Digital Systems – Principles and
Applications, 9th Ed, Prentice Hall, 2004
3. T.L. Floyd: Digital Fundamentals, 9th edition ,Prentice Hall
4. Stephen Brown, ZvonkoVranesic: Fundamentals of Digital Logic
with Verilog Design, McGraw-Hill Science/Engineering/Math; 1st
edition 2002
5. R.P. Jain: Modern Digital Electronics, raw-Hill
Science/Engineering/Math; 1 edition, (August 21, 2006)
6. AnantAgarwal and Jeffrey Lang: Foundations of Analog and
DigitalElectronic Circuits, Morgan Kaufmann Series, Jul 15, 2005
7. Any related web content can possibly be referred

148
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

149
 17. Object Oriented Programming

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Course Code ECEg3142
Course Title Object Oriented Programming
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Computer Architecture and Programming
Module Code ECEg-M3141
Module Coordinator Xx
Lecturer Xx
ECTS Credits 5
Student work load Lecture Tutorial Practice or Home
Laboratory study
32 - 48 48

Course Objectives & After successfully completed this course, the student should be able to :
Competences to be get familiar with different concepts and terminologies in object
Acquired oriented programming
understand the difference and relations between classes and objects
work with pure Object-Oriented Programming Language; Java,C++ or C#
differentiate between application programs and applet programs
develop some classes of real world objects based on their behavior and states
know how to create objects from available classes, use this objects and
destroy unused objects
create subclasses of a class and indicate the behaviors and states of the
superclass which are possible to be inherited by the subclass
come with mechanism of preventing hackers of some superclass
understand certain skills in web and windows programming and
using graphical user interface
represent complicated real-world/software systems using simpler model
using the Unified Modeling Language (UML)
make themselves ready for developing software using the object-

150
 oriented paradigm

Course Description The main focus of this course is to study and understand the object
oriented programming concepts: objects, classes, interfaces and
packages. In doing so we need to use any object oriented programming
language that helps us to implement the essential features of object
oriented programming, namely Encapsulation (Information hiding or
data abstraction), Polymorphism and Inheritance. After these basics
the course then aims to help the students understand the nuts and bolts
of a pure object oriented programming language, e.g. JAVA, C++ or C#,
by writing some application and applet programs. Then using any of
these languages we need to know how could we create class, object,
interface and package also need to understand some useful predefined
classes, interfaces and packages. Model real-world objects using their
state and behaviour. Then it deals with web design in HTML and how
could we add some programmable features using Java Applets into the
web page that will help us solve the problem. Finally to provide a solid
foundation for developing software using the object-oriented paradigm
it is important to know the Unified Modelling Language (UML) and the
different class relations and their UML representation
Week C.hour Course Contents
1,2 10 1. Introduction to the OOP paradigm Handout from
Comparison between structured / Course
procedural programming and OOP. instructor
Basic concepts: abstraction,
encapsulation, information hiding.
Program reusability and extensibility
2. Introduction to Java elements
Introduction to the Java development
environment
variables and their declaration
3,4 10 Introduction to classes and objects
input/output
conditional statements and loops

151
 Arrays

3. Classes and Objects- a deeper look

Classes, objects
Methods
5,6,7 15 Constructors Slide Notes
Composition Text:
The Static and final key words Chapter 6,8
Constructors and destructors Assignment 1
Using the UML class and Composition Quiz1
diagrams
4. Inheritance
Introduction
Superclasses and Subclasses Text:
8,9 10 protected members Chapter 9

Constructors in Subclasses
5. Polymorphism and Interfaces
10,11 10 Introduction Text:
Polymorphic example Chapter 10
Abstract Classes
Final Methods and Classes
Introduction to interfaces
Abstract Classes implementing interfaces
Derived interfaces
12,13 10 6. Exception Handling Text:
Introduction by example Chapter 13
try- catch mechanism
Exception classes
The finally Block
7. GUI and Event Driven Programming Slide Notes
14,15 10 Introduction Text:
Overview of Swing Components Chapter 11
Swing vs .Awt
Introduction to Event Handling

152
 Common GUI Even Types and
Listener Interfaces
Using the swing componens(JButton,
JTextfield,JListetc) Handout
16 5 8. Introduction to Object-Oriented Software Handout from course
Design instructor
Introduction to SW design and
development
Expressing real world entity using a
class
Using UML to express relationship
between classes
Pre-requisites ECEg2033-Introduction to Computing

Semester Year 3, Semester I

Status of Course Compulsory

Teaching & Learning Lectures, tutorials, assignments, laboratory and paper work
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation Exams, Quiz‘s, Assignments and simulation and laboratoryevaluation
& Grading System Continuous Assessment=50%.
 final Exam=50%
 All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism
will not be tolerated
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for
class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five minutes
Course policy  Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value
in your grade

153
  Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.

References ‹1›Java How to Program, 6th edition, H.M.Deitel- P.J.Deitel, Pearson

Education, 2005
‹2›Java: An Introduction to Problem Solving and Programming, 5th ed.
W.Savitch and F. Carrano, Prentice Hall, 2008
‹3› Absolute Java, 5th Edition, W.Savitch, Addison Wesley,2012
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature

_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

154
 18.Data Structures & Algorithm

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Data Structures & Algorithm
Course Code ECEg4171
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Data Storage and Analysis

Module Number ECEg-M4171

Team Leader
Course Instructor
ECTS 6
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
32 32 32 64
Contact Days ( time and
room)
Target Group 4th year
Year/Semester 4/1
Prerequisites ECEg3142 : Object Oriented Programming
Status of the course Core Electrical Engineering
This course is intended to present the data structures which may be
used in computer storage to represent the information involved in
Solving problems (heaps, hash tables, B-trees). Emphasis will be
Placed on concepts of data abstraction and its implementation.
Course Description Analysis of Sorting & searching algorithms, Algorithm design
techniques, Graph Algorithms, String Processing Algorithms,
Problem complexity and type, introduction to parallel computation. Have
profound knowledge of the various data structures
Use existing data structures and create a new one.
Course Objectives To discuss and exemplify algorithm analysis methods
Module Data Storage and Analysis computation

155
 Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials
Data Abstraction
 Abstract Data Type
 Language Features to Support Data
Abstraction
 Comparison of Algorithms(Big-O Notation)
Linked lists
 Singly Linked Lists,
 Types of Linked List
 Doubly Linked Lists
Stacks
 The Stack ADT
 Array Implementation of Stacks:
 The PUSH operation
 The POP operation
 Linked List Implementation of Stacks
 Stack implementation using iterator
Queues
 Introduction
 Circular array implementation of enqueue
and dequeue operations
 Linked list implementation of enqueue and
dequeue operations
 Priority Queue
 Queue implementation using iterator
Trees
 Tree Concepts
 Binary Search Trees
 Traversals of Trees
 Heaps, Hash Tables

156
  Hashing and hash functions
 Hash Tables without linked lists, Graphs
 Representation of Graphs
 Topological Sort, Graphs
 Representation of Graphs
 Topological Sort
Algorithm analysis basics
The running time of a program, BigOh, Omega and
Theta notations, lower bounds, worst and average
case analysis, time and space trade offs,
Recurrences
Recurrences, Master Method,Analysis of Sorting and
Searching algorithms
Analysis of Simple Algorithms: sorting, searching;
Analysis of Advanced Algorithms: advanced trees,
heaps, hash tables,
Algorithm design techniques Brute force, Divide-
and-conquer, dynamic programming, greedy
algorithms, backtracking, branch and bound,
amortized analysis
Algorithms for fundamental graph problems
Depth-first search, connected components,
topological sort, and shortest paths.
 String processing algorithms
 Problem complexity and type
Complexity of problems, tractable and intractable
problems, Introduction to parallel computation
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises

Assessment Methods  Continuous assessment……………….. 50%

 Final Examination……………………. 50%.
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students Senate

157
 Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism will
Course Policies not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to discussions.
Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for class. I
will not allow you enter if you are late more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value in
your grade Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class
1. Data Structures and Algorithms, Mark.A.Weiss,3rded, Pearson
Education,2012
2.Data Structures and Algorithms in Java,M.T. Goodrich and R. Tamassia,
References 4thEd,John Wiley
3. Absolute Java, 5th Edition, W.Savitch, Addison Wesley,2012
4. Cormen, Leiserson, Rivest : Introduction to Algorithms
5. Robert Sedgwick, Algorithms in C/C++
6. Aho, Hopcroft, Ullman: The Design & Analysis of Computer Algorithms
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

158
 19. Data base systems

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Data base systems
Course Code ECEg4172
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Data Storage and Analysis
Module Number ECEg-M4171
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 5
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
32 32 32 64
Contact Days ( time and
room)
Target Group 4th year
Year/Semester 4/1
Prerequisites ECEg3142 Object Oriented Programming
Status of the course Core Electrical Engineering
This course is designed to provide students a working knowledge of Fundamental
Course Description concepts of a database systems, functionality of a database system, types of
models, steps of database design, Structured query language (SQL), and
introduction them to distributed and parallel databases
 Introduce the concept of database systems and modeling techniques
Course Objectives and  Provide a profound ground for the analysis, design and implementation of
competency database systems
 Discuss advanced database types and issues related to storage and security
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week C. Hour Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Materials Remars
Introduction, historical perspective, Components

159
 and functionality of a database system, types of
models, steps of database design
Conceptual level design, E/R model: Entities and
relationships, attribute types, key types, types of
constraints, multiplicity and participation,
symbols, design guidelines, ODL model: Syntax,
OO concepts, ODL diagram, comparison with E/R
Relational database design, Relations,
dependencies, normal forms, normalization steps,
overall design process
Relational algebra, Simple operations and
symbols, complex operations, introduction to
relational calculus
Structured query language (SQL), Introduction,
Constructs and their syntax, Subqueries, Views,
Embedded and Dynamic SQL
Data storage and query evaluation, File structure,
indexing and hashing, query evaluation
Security and integration, Assertions, triggers,
security and authorization, encryption and
authentication
Introduction to distributed and parallel databases
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises
Assessment Methods  Continuous assessment……………….. 50%
 Final Examination……………………. 50%.
 All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism
Course Policies will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided

160
 according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for
class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value
in your grade Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the
class
[1] Elmasri, Navathe: Fundamentals of Database Systems
[2] Silbershatz, Korth, Sudarshan: Database system concepts
[3] Raghu Ramakrishnan, Johannes Gehrke: Database management systems.
References [4] H.C. Mollina, J.D. Ullman, J. Widom: Database system, the complete book
[5] Pervasive Software Inc., Database design guide
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

161
20.Operating Systems
Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Operating Systems
Course Code ECEg4181
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Programming Concepts & Software Engineering
Module Number ECEg-M4181
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 5
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
32 - 48 64
Contact Days ( time and
room)
Target Group 4th year
Year/Semester 4/1
Prerequisites 1. ECEg4171 Data Structures & Algorithm
2.ECEg3143-Computer Architectures & Organization
Status of the course Core Electrical Engineering
This course examines the basic principles of operating systems design and
Course Description implementation. Particular emphasis will be given to process management,
storage management, I/O systems and the basics of distributed systems.
At the end of this course, students will be able to
Course Objectives and  Understand what operating system is, history and categories of
competency operating systems and operating system structures
 Understand process scheduling and process synchronization
 Know basics of memory management schemes of operating system
such as swapping, paging and segmentation
 Understand file systems, their interface and implementations
 Know how hard disks operate, how the operating systems manages

162
 the storage and retrieval of data in storage devices as well as current
technologies of mass storage structures.
 Know the role of operating systems in managing and controlling I/O
systems
 Understand the basic ideas of distributed systems and the associated
design issues such as several categories of transparency.
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials
Introduction/basics
Overview of operating systems
 Definition
 History
 Classification
 Roles/operations Operating System
Structures
 System calls
 Virtual machines
Process Management
Processes and Threads
 Process concept
 Inter process Communication
 Thread concept
 Single thread and multithread
programming
 Basic process and thread management
in Linux-creating monitoring and
killing processes and threads in linux
CPU Scheduling
 Scheduling Criteria
 Scheduling Algorithms
 Scheduling in Linux OS as an example
Process Synchronization

163
  The critical section problem
 Software and Hardware solutions for
critical section problem
 Classic Problems of Synchronization
Deadlocks
 Definition and characteristics of
deadlock
Methods for handling deadlocks
Memory Management
Main Memory
 Memory Allocation
 Paging and Segmentation Virtual
Memory
 Demand Paging
 Page Replacement Algorithms
Storage Management
File System Interface
 File Concept
 Directory Structure
File System Implementation
 File System Structure
 Disk Block Allocation Methods
Mass Storage Structure
 Disk Structure
 Disk Scheduling Algorithms
 Swap Space Management
I/O Systems
 The role of OS in I/O System
 Kernel I/O Subsystem
Distributed Systems
 Definition
 Design issues with distributed systems

164
  Distributed operating system
 Distributed coordination

Final Exam Date

Teaching Methodology Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises
Assessment Methods  Continuous assessment……………….. 50%
 Final Examination……………………. 50%.
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students Senate
Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism
Course Policies will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for
class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value in
your grade Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class
[1] Elmasri, Navathe: Fundamentals of Database Systems
[2] Silbershatz, Korth, Sudarshan: Database system concepts
[3] Raghu Ramakrishnan, Johannes Gehrke: Database management systems
References [4] H.C. Mollina, J.D. Ullman, J. Widom: Database system, the complete book
[5] Pervasive Software Inc., Database design guide
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

165
 21. Programming Languages

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Programming Languages
Course Code ECEg4182
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Programming Concepts & Software Engineering
Module Number ECEg-M4181
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 5
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
32 48 - 64
Contact Days ( time
and room)
Target Group 4th year
Year/Semester 4/II
Prerequisites ECEg3142-Object Oriented Programming
Status of the course Professional Compulsory
Definition of programming language, Role of programming languages,
Programming environment, Programming Language syntax, Properties of Types
and Objects, Elementary Data Types, Structured Data Types, Encapsulation;
Abstract Data Types, Type Definitions, Generic Abstract Data Types, Inheritance,
Course Description Polymorphism, Implicit and Explicit sequence Control, Concurrency and
Parallelism
 To provide students with a working knowledge of the basic constructs of all
Course Objectives computer programming languages, and how these constructs are used to support
and competency programming under various programming paradigms.
Students completing this course should be able to quickly learn to effectively use

166
 new computer programming languages.
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials
Introduction: Definition of programming
language, Role of programming languages, Why
study programming languages, Attributes of
good programming language
Language Design Issues: Programming
environment, Virtual Computers and Binding
Times, Language Paradigms
Language Design Issues: Programming
environment, Virtual Computers and Binding
Times, Language Paradigms
 Data Types: Properties of Types and Objects,
Elementary Data Types, Structured Data Types
 Abstraction I: Encapsulation; Abstract Data
Types, Encapsulation by subprograms, Type
Definitions
 Abstraction II: Inheritance; Generic Abstract
Data Types, Inheritance, Polymorphism 
Sequence Control: Implicit and Explicit
sequence Control, Sequencing with Arithmetic
Expression, Sequencing with Non-arithmetic
Expression, Sequence control between
statements
 Subprogram Control: Subprogram Sequence
control, Attributes of Data Control, Parameter
Transmission, Shared Data in subprograms
Concurrency and Parallelism: Concept,
Communication, Threads, Synchronization

Final Exam Date

167
Teaching Methodology Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises
Assessment Methods  Continuous assessment……………….. 50%
 Final Examination……………………. 50%.
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students Senate
Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism
Course Policies will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for
class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five minutes.
Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value in
your grade Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering into the class.
[1] Programming Languages: Design and Implementation-Terrence W.Pratt
and Marvin V.Zelkowitz
[2] Programming Language Landscape- Michael Marcotty and H. F.Ledgard
References [3] Programming Languages: Concepts and Constructs, Ravi Sethi
[4] Concepts in Programming Language, John C.Mitchel
[5] Programming Language Design Concepts
[6] Programming Languages: Theory and Practice, Robert Harper
[7] Sebesta: Concepts of Programming Language
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

168
 22. Software Engineering

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Software Engineering
Course Code ECEg4183
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Programming Concepts & Software Engineering
Module Number ECEg-M4181
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 5
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
32 48 - 64
Contact Days ( time
and room)
Target Group 4th year
Year/Semester 4/II
Prerequisites ECEg3142-Object Oriented Programming
Status of the course Professional Compulsory
Course Description This course provides an introduction to the problems of software development and
maintenance and the processes and methods used to address them. Although all
phases in the software development life cycle will be introduced, the main focus
will be on object-oriented analysis and design.
After successfully completed this course, the student should be able to:
Course Objectives  acquainted with the classical and Object oriented Software engineering
and competency paradigms.
Work in large software projects and to work in teams.
 Apply Object Oriented Software development techniques
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials

169
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials
Software Engineering Overview
 FAQs about software engineering
 Professional and ethical responsibility
 Software Project Management
 Management activities
 Project planning
 Project scheduling
 Risk management
 Products and Processes
 The product - The Evolving Role of Software,
software characteristics and its applications
The Process - Software process models, Process
iteration, and Process activities - Computer-aided
software engineering
 Software Requirement Analysis
 Functional and non-functional requirements
 User and system requirements
 Interface specification and the software requirements
document
 Requirements Engineering Processes
 Conventional Methods for Software Engineering
System Engineering
 Analysis Concepts and Principles, and Analysis Modeling
 Design Concepts and Principles
 Architectural Design, User Interface Design, and
Component-Level Design
Software Testing Techniques
 Object-Oriented Software Engineering
 Object-oriented concepts and principles
 Object-oriented analysis
 Object-oriented design

170
  Object-oriented testing
 Validation and Verification
 Planning verification and validation
 Software inspections
 Automated static analysis
 Verification and formal analysis
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology Lectures, tutorials, and exercises
 Assignments 10%,
Assessment Methods  Quiz 10%
 Test 10%,
 Project 20 %,
 Final Examination 50%.
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students Senate
Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism
Course Policies will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for
class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value
in your grade Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the
class
[1] Software Engineering, A practitioner‘s Approach—5th Ed, Roger S.
Pressman, Mc-Graw Hill 2001
[2] Software Engineering: Principles and Practice , 3rded.Hans van
References Vliet,Wiley, 2007
[3] Fundamentals of Software Engineering—Carlo Ghezzi; Mehdi Jazayeri;
Dino Mandrioli
[4]Classical and Object-Oriented Software Engineering with UML

171
 [5] Java How to Program, 6th edition, H.M.Deitel- P.J.Deitel, Pearson
Education, 2008.
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

172
 23. Data Communication and Computer Networks

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Data Communication and Computer Networks
Course Code ECEg4191
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Computer Networks and Security
Module Number ECEg-M4191
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 5
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
32 16 32 48
Contact Days ( time
and room)
Target Group 4th year
Year/Semester 4/I
Prerequisites  ECEg3143 Computer Architectures & Organization
 ECEg3152: Introduction to Communication Systems
Status of the course Core Electrical Engineering
Model for data communication; protocols and architectures – OSI and TCP/IP;
issues related to data transmission-encoding, multiplexing, error and flow
Course Description controls; Local Area networks - technology, components and topology;
Internetworking – with TCP/IP, IP Addressing and Network Applications;
Routing, Switching and WAN technologies
 To introduce students to networking concepts, technologies and
Course Objectives terminologies.
and competency  To provide basic computer communication and networking knowledge
and lay the foundations for further courses dealing with different aspects

173
 of networking.
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials
 Introduction: Concept of Communication,
Communication Model
 Protocols and Architectures: Protocol Characteristics,
Implementation of protocols, OSI-ISO 7 Layer, TCP/IP
 Data Encoding & Transmission: Digital and Analog
Signals, Transmission Media, Encoding Techniques,
Transmission Impairments
 DLC and Multiplexing: Error Detection and Control,
Flow Control, Multiplexing
 LAN technologies: ALOHA, Ethernet, Ethernet
Standards, Token Ring
 LAN and Its Components: LAN Topology,
Repeaters/Hubs, Bridges/Switches, Routers
 Internetworking: Internetworking concepts – Intranet, Extranet,
Internet, Internetworking with TCP/IP- IP Addressing,
Subnetting, Masking, Network Applications – Web, Mail,
DNS, DHCP
 Switching and Routing: Circuit Switching, Circuit
switching application, Packet Switching - Virtual Packet
Switching, Datagram Packet Switching, Packet Switching
application
 Routing in Switched Networks: Introduction to Routing,
Graph Theory - Dijkstra Algorithm, BellmanFord
Algorithm, Routing Protocols – Distance Vector, Link
State
IP addressing, troubleshooting, URL, etc.,
WAN technologies: ISDN, X.25, Frame Relay, ATM

Final Exam Date

Teaching Methodology Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises

174
Assessment Methods  Continuous Assessment=50%
 Final Exam=50%
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students Senate
Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
Course Policies plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time
for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five
minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering
the class
References [1] William Stallings: Data & Computer Communications
[2] Larry L. Peterson and Bruce S. Davie: Computer Networks,
[3] Rita Puz˘manová: Routing and Switching
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

175
 24. Advanced computer Networks

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Advanced computer Networks
Course Code ECEg5193
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Computer Networks and Security
Module Number ECEg-M4191
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 5
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
48 - 48 48
Contact Days ( time and
room)
Target Group 5th year
Year/Semester 5/II
Prerequisites ECEg4191-Data Communication and Computer Networks
Status of the course Core Electrical Engineering
This course aims at exploring the various routing protocols and their concepts. It
gets to the depth of the building blocks of the internet; the LAN and explains the
protocol, structure and the systems in these configurations (the Ethernet, Ring
and Wireless LANS). The course then takes time to explore one of the recent
Course Description technologies in computer networking: - the Multi-Protocol Labe Switching
(MPLS). In this section, a brief introduction to MPLS will be presented and
structural study will be introduced. The basic difference between traditional
Switching and MPLS shall also be outlined. Virtual Private Networks are
introduced and two main types of VPNs will be dealt with. The IPsec and the
SSL will be of great concern and shall be presented vividly. Finally the burning

176
 issue of network security will be studied. Possible threats and their nature will
be studied. Mechanisms for securing network resources will also be presented
At the end of this course, students will be able to
Course Objectives and  Get familiar with different concepts and terminologies in computer
competency networking
 Understand different types of routing protocols and their applications
 Understand the functions at each OSI/TCP IP model layers in
computer networking
 Know how security can be achieved in net working
 Know how virtual private networks can be achieved and securities can
be applied to them
How Labels can be switched to enhance the efficiency of routing and
switching
 Select an architecture and a protocol than can be implemented on the
given network
 Design a computer network and implement it
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week C. H Topic/Subtopic/Chapter
1. ROUTING PROTOCOLS&CONCEPTS
Routing concepts, Routing Protocols & Algorithms
Exterior routing Protocols :The Border Way Gateway Protocol (BGP) •
Interior Routing Protocols
Routing Information Protocol (RIP)
The Open Path Shortest Path First Routing Protocol (OSPF)
The Enhanced Interior Gateway Protocol (EIGP)
2. Routing with bridges
Fixed Routing
Spanning Tree Routing (STR)
Frame Forwarding
Address Learning
Loop Resolution
The Spanning Tree Algorithm
3. MULTI-PROTOCOLLABEL SWITCHING(MPLS)

177
 The Concepts and Components of MPLS MPLS
Operations MPLS Protocol Stack Architecture and Application
4. VIRTUAL PRIVATE NETWORKS (VPNS)
The Internet Security (IPsec) :Issues for Internet service providers (ISPs)
Secure Socket Layer (SSL)
5. NETWORK SECURITY
Overview of the issues of network management
 Use of passwords and access control mechanisms
 Layers of network management Infrastructure for network management
the key areas of network management (accounting, security,
configuration, performance, and fault tolerance) the Internet management
framework and protocols (SNMP,)
Windows Server 2003 configurations
Network Threats and Attacks
Conventional Encryption and Privacy
Encryption Algorithms
The Data Encryption Standard (DES)
Location of Encryption Devices
Key Distribution
Message Authentication & Hash Functions
One way Hash Functions
Public Key Encryption and Digital Signatures
RSA Public Key Encryption Algorithm
Key Management
6. Introduction to Socket programming
Programs related to socket
Practicing Programs
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises
 Continuous Assessment=50%
Assessment Methods  Final Exam=50%
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students Senate
Legislation of our University throughout this course.

178
  Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism
Course Policies will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for
class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value
in your grade Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the
class
1. COMPUTER NETWORKS , A SYSTEMS APPROACH Larry L.
Patterson & Bruce S. Davie
2. COMPUTER NETWORKS, Andrew S. Tanenbaum 4th edition
References 3. DATA AND COMPUTER COMMUNICATIONS, William Stallings
4. COMPUTER NETWORKING: A Top-Down Approach. Featuring the
Internet by James F. Kurose and Keith W. Ross
5. Any related web content can possibly be referred
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

179
 25. Computer Network Security

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Course Code ECEg4192
Course Title Computer Network security
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering (Computer Engineering focus Area)
Module Name Comuter Networks and Security
Module Code ECEg-M4191
Module Coordinator Xx
Lecturer Xx
ECTS Credits 5
Student work load Lecture Tutorial Practice or Home study
Laboratory
32 48 - 48

Course Objectives &  After completing this course, students should be able to:
Competences to be  Learn fundamentals of cryptography
Acquired  Understand network security threats and countermeasures.
 Acquire background for supporting electronic commerce.
 Gain hands-on experience with programmingtechniques for security
protocols
 Obtain background for original research in networksecurity
Course Description Security requirements and basic goals for computer security,Introduction to
cryptography and its application to network;applications of cryptography; secret
key and public keycryptographic algorithms; hash functions; authentication;
security for electronic mail; Digital Signature, Management of public Keys
Through Third Parties: some confidentiality andintegrity Secure Socket Layer,
SSL Architecture, HandshakeProtocol, Change Cipher Spec Protocol, Alert
Protocol , IPSecurity (IPSec.), Malicious code: viruses, worms,
Trojanhorses;Problems in network security; kinds of attacks, PKI, keyexchange
protocols, example protocols such as PGP,Kerberos, IPSEC/VPN, SSL, S/MIME

180
 etc. Steganography..

Week C.hour Course Contents

1. Introduction
 Secutiy Trends
 Security Attacks
 Security Services
 Security Mechanisms
 A model for network Security
 Viruses
 Worms
 Trojan horses
2. Symmetric ciphers
 Classical Encryption Standards
 Symmetric Cipher Model
 Substitution Techniques
 Transposition Techniques
 Steganography
3. Block ciphers And Data Encryption standard
 Block Cipher principles
 The Data Encryption standard
 The strength of DES
 Block ciphers
4. Advanced Encryption Standard
 The AES cipher
 Simplified AES
 Multiple Encryption and Triple DES
 Stream ciphers
5. Symmetric Encryption and Public Key Encryption
 Encryption function
 Principles of Public key cryptography
 The RSA algorithm
6. Key Management

181
  DiffieHellmen Key Echange
 Elliptic curve Cryptography
 Message authentication and hash functions
 Authentication functions
 Hash functions
7. Digital signatures and authentication protocols
 Digital signature standard
 Digital signatures
 Kerberoes
 X.509 authentication service
 PGP
 S/MIME
 IP security
Pre-requisites ECEg 4191: Data communications and compute r Networks

Semester Year 4, Semester II

Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lectures, tutorials, assignments, laboratory and paper work
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation Exams, Quiz‘s, Assignments and simulation and laboratory
& Grading System evaluation
 All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism will
not be tolerated
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to discussions.
Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for
class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five minutes
Course policy  Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value in
your grade

182
  Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.

References 1. Cryptography and Network security by William stallings.

2. A S Tannenbaum " Computer Networks" Prentice Hall of
India Publication , 2002
3. . Fourozon " Data Communication & Computer Networks"
Tata Mcgraw Hill Publication. .
4. C. E. Perkins, B. Woolf, and S. R. Alpert. "Mobile IP: Design
Principles and Practices," Addison Wesley, 2000.
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

183
 26.Switching and Intelligent Networks

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering

Course Number ECEg5284

Course Title Switching and Intelligent Networks
Degree Program Communication Engineering
Module Data and Telecom Network
Module Coordinator N.N.
Lecturer N.N.
ECTS Credits 4
Contact Hours (per week) 2 lect + 2 tutorial
Prerequisites ECEg4282 : Telecommunication networks
Students workload Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practice Home study
32 32 - 32
Course Objectives &  Understand the concept of modern switching used in Integrated
Competences to be Acquired Service Digital Network.
 Gain insight into principles of various digital switching, like packet
switching and introduction to advances in switching.
 To be able to identify and understand the application, operation
and maintenance of these digital switching..
Course Description Introduction to Switching function, Space Division switching, Time
division switching, Two dimensional Switching, introduction to
advances in switching, introduction to the intelligent network, IN
architecture, benefits of IN.
Week Cont hour Course Content
1. Evolution of switching systems,
 Puplic switched telephone network
 interchange network and signaling
 Four wire circuit

184
  Message switching, Manual systems
 Strowger step-by-step system
 Crossbar systems
 Electronic switching
 Digital switching system
 Stored program control,signaling networks
2. Introduction to Switching function,
 Introduction to switching network
 Function of switching system
 Types of switching elements
 Classification

3. Space and time Division switching

 Introduction to space division switching
 Crossbar switch
 Multistage Switch
 Two dimensional Switching
 Time division switching
 Space-time division switching

4. Advances in switching
 Circuit switching
 Packet switching
 Numbering and Services

5. Introduction to the intelligent network (IN)

 Introduction to intelligent network
 The need for IN
 Intelligent Network Services
 Adancenced Intellegent network
 Network Evolution
 IN Standardization
 Intelligent network architecture
 Service switching point,
 service control point,
 service transfer point
 service manager
 Intelligent peripheral

185
  Benefits of network architecture
 IN Functional Requirements
 IN Conceptual Model
 Distributed Functional Plane

Semester Year 5, Semester II

Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lectures supported by Tutorials and exercises.
Methods
Assessment &Grading Quiz‘s, Assignments, Midexam and Final exam
System
Course policy All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University
Textbooks:
1. Alberto Leon-Garcia: Indra Widjaja: Communication Networks, McGraw-Hill
Science/Engineering/Math; 2 edition (July 16, 2003)
2. P. M. Shankar Introduction to Wireless Systems, Drexel Univ., Jan 10,2001
3. Mischa Schwartz: Telecommunication Networks: Protocols, Modeling, and Analysis, Addison Wesley
Publishing Company
References:
1. Yi-BingLin, Imrich Chlamtac: Wireless and Mobile Communication Architectures Wiley ;1st edition
Oct 2,2000
2. Gordon L. Stuber: Principles of Mobile Communications, SECOND EDITION, , Academic Publisher
[KAP], 2001
3. Vijay Garg and Joseph Wilkes: Wireless and Personal communications Systems, Prentice Hall, 1996
4. Yi-Bing Lin and Imrich Chlamtac: Wireless and Mobile Network Architectures, Wiley 2001.
5. Jerry Gibson: The Mobile Communications Handbook SECOND EDITION, [editor], CRC Press 1999.

186
 27. VLSI Design

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title VLSI Design
Course Code ECEg4201
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Computer System Design and automation
Module Number ECEg-M4201
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 5
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
32 48 48
Contact Days ( time
and room)
Target Group 4th year
Year/Semester 4/II
Prerequisites ECEg3143- Computer Architectures & Organization
Status of the course Professional compulsory
Course Description  Introduction to VLSI. Programmable ASICs. Hardware Description
Languages. Simulation. Logic Synthesis. Tests. ASIC Construction
 To acquaint the student with VLSI concepts
Course Objectives  To enable the student design , simulate and test ASICs
and competency  To acquaint the student with hardware description language
 Be able to use mathematical methods and circuit analysis models in
analysis of CMOS
 Digital electronics circuits, including logic components and their
interconnect.
 Be able to create models of moderately sized CMOS circuits that realize

187
 specified digital functions.
 Be able to use hardware design languages such as VHDL.
 Be able to complete a significant VLSI design project having a set of
objective
 criteria and design constraints
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials
 Introduction to VLSI
 Digital systems and VLSI;
 Gate Arrays;
 Standard Cells
 Functional Blocks;
 CMOS Logic
Programmable ASICs
 ASIC Library Design
 Programmable ASIC Logic Cells
 Programmable ASIC I/O Cells
 Programmable ASIC Interconnect;
 Programmable ASIC Design Software
Hardware Description Languages
 VHDL;
 Verilog HDL;
 C Based Languages
Simulation
 Logic Simulation and
 Modeling;
 Fault Simulation
Logic Synthesis
 Timing Simulation and Verification;
 Placement and Routing;
 Layout Extraction
Tests

188
  Design for Testability;
 Test Program Development;
 Prototype Evaluation
ASIC Construction
 Floor planning And Placement;
 Interconnects and Routing
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises
Assessment Methods  Continuous Assessment=50%
 Final Exam=50%
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students Senate
Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism
Course Policies will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for
class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five
minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value
in your grade Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the
class
1. Digital Integrated Circuits, Jan M. Rabaey, AnanthaChandrakasan and
BorivojeNikolic
2.VLSI Design – System-on-Chip Design, Prentice Hall, 2002, Wayne Wolf
References 3. Principles of CMOS VLSI Design Neil H. E. Weste, et al.
4.HDL Chip Design, Donne Publishing, 1996, J. Smith
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________

189
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature
28. Embedded Systems

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Embedded Systems
Course Code ECEg4202
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Computer System Design and automation
Module Number ECEg-M4201
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 5
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
32 16 32 48
Contact Days ( time and
room)
Target Group 4th year
Year/Semester 4/II
Prerequisites  ECEg4161-Microcomputer and Interfacing
Status of the course Professional compulsory
This course is designed to provide students a working knowledge of
Embedded Systems their Design and Programming at an Introduction level. In
Course Description this course the fundamentals of embedded systems, hardware and firmware
designs will be explored. Issues such as embedded microcontrollers,
embedded programs, real-time operating systems, low power computing,
interfacing as well as optimization, will be discussed
The objective of this course is to impart students for a solid understanding of
Course Objectives and  role of embedded systems
competency  concepts, components both hardware and software of embedded
systems

190
  design and development processes of embedded systems
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials
 Introduction
 Why Study Embedded System, Contrast between
embedded systems and other computer systems, role
and purpose of embedded systems
 Embedded Microcontrollers Structure of a basic
computer system, CPU families used in
microcontrollers, Basic I/O devices and technologies,
Interrupts and Memories
 Embedded Programs Program translation process,
representation of programs and their execution flow,
fundamentals of assembly language and linking,
mapping tasks in compilation
 Real-time Operating systems Context switching
mechanisms, scheduling policies, message passing
and shared memory communications, inter process
communication
 Low-power Computing Sources of energy
consumption, instruction level strategies for power
management, memory system power consumption,
system-level power management
 Reliable System Design
 Failures in hardware, sources of errors from software,
design verification and its role, fault-tolerant
techniques
 Design Methodologies and Tools
 Design Methodology, RTOS Tools, Logic analyzers,
Compilers and Programming environments, Software
management Tools
 Networked Embedded Systems

191
  Why networked embedded systems, examples of
networked embedded systems
 Interfacing and Mixedsignal systems D/A and A/D
conversions.
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises
Assessment Methods  Continuous Assessment=50%
 Final Exam=50%
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students Senate
Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
Course Policies plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time
for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five
minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering
the class
[1] Arnold S. Berger: Embedded Systems Design [2]Stuart R. Ball:
Embedded Microprocessor Systems: Real World Design
[3]Michael Barr: Programming Embedded Systems in C and C ++, [4]Qing
References Li, Caroline Yao: Real-Time Concepts for Embedded Systems
[5]Tammy Noergaard: Embedded Systems Architecture - A Comprehensive
Guide for Engineers and Programmers
[6] Steve Heath: Embedded Systems Design
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________

192
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

29. Industrial Automation and Introduction to Robotics

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Industrial Automation and Introduction to Robotics
Course Code ECEg5332
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Computer System Design and automation
Module Number ECEg-M4331
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 6
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
48 48 - 48
Contact Days ( time and
room)
Target Group 4th year
Year/Semester 4/II
Prerequisites ECEg3153-Introduction to Control Engineering,
ECEg4321: Modern Control Engineering
Status of the course Professional compulsory
 Understand the elements of an industrial robot, mechanisms, sensors,
actuators and end effectors.
 Program robotic manipulators
 Acquaintance with artificial intelligence applications in robotics
Course Description  Introduce industrial control circuits and applications of PLCs in
modern industrial control
Course Objectives and  To discuss and exemplify algorithm analysis methods
competency  Module Data Storage and Analysis computation.

193
 Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials
 Introduction
 Robot kinematics; rigid body motion transformation of
coordinates
 Mechanisms and Actuators
 Sensors and Detectors
 Position, Velocity, Acceleration, Force torque; Touch and
Tactile Sensors; Proximity and Range Detectors, Machine
Vision
 Modeling and Control of Manipulators
 Newton‘s equations;
 Euler Lagrange method;
 motion control;
 manipulator control;
 trajectory generation;
 computer control
 Robot Applications and Programming
 Pick and place; spot and arc welding; surface coating;
assembly
 Review of Industrial Control Devices and Electronics
 Circuit breakers ,timers ,relays,….etc
 Basic Ladder Logic and Control
 Programmable Logic Controllers and Applications
 Overview of SCADA and DCS

Final Exam Date

Teaching Methodology Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises
Assessment Methods  Continuous Assessment=50%
 Final Exam=50%
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students Senate
Legislation of our University throughout this course.

194
  Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
Course Policies plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time
for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five
minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering
the class
[1] J. J. Craig, Introduction to robotics
[2] Principles of Robot Motion: Theory, Algorithms, and Implementations,
by HowieChosetand others. MIT Press 2004.
References [3] Thomas R. KurfessRobotics and automation
[4] P.J. McKerrow, Addison-Wesley, 1991: Introduction to Robotics.
Sciavicco, L., and Siciliano, B., Springer-Verlag Advanced Textbooks in
Control and Signal Processing Series, London, UK, 2000: Modeling and
Control of Robot Manipulators, 2nd Ed. [
5]Canudas de Wit, Siciliano and Bastin, Springer-Verlag London Limited,
1996: Theory of Robot Control.
[6]Asada, H. and Slotine, J.-J. E., J. Wiley and Sons, 1986: Robot Analysis
and Control.
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

195
 30. Applied Electronics I

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Applied Electronics I
Course Code ECEg 2111
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Applied Electronics
Module Number ECEg-M2111
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 5
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
32 32 32 48
Contact Days ( time
and room)
Target Group 2 year
Year/Semester 2/I
Prerequisites  ECEg 1071: Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering
 ECEg 2112: Electrical Engineering Lab II(Co-requisite)
Status of the course Professional compulsory
Course Description Basic Semiconductor Theory; Semiconductor diodes and their
applications; BJT; FET; Amplifier Frequency Response; Multistage
Amplifiers; Power Amplifiers; Tuned Amplifiers
 To discuss basic concepts of electronic circuits with the aid of
Course Objectives characteristic curves
and competency  To introduce sample applications and design guidelines of electronic
circuits
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials

196
1. Basic semiconductor theory
 Charge carriers in solids
 semiconductor
 energy level
 modification of carrier densities the pn
junction
2. semiconductor diodes and their application
 ideal diode
 terminal characteristics of diode
 physical operation of diodes
 application of diodes special diodes type
3. Bipolar junction transistors(BJTs )
 Introduction
 Device structure and physical operation
 Current voltage charactersitcs
 BJT circuits at DC
 Biasing in BJT circuit amplifiers
 Small signal modes and operation
 Single stage BJT amplifiers
 he BJT capacitance and high frequency model
4. BJT small signal Amplifiers
 CE BJT amplifiers
 CB BJT amplifiers
 CC BJT amplifiers
 BJT amplifiers frequency response
5. Field effect transistors (FETs)
 introduction
 junction field effect transistor
 static characteristics of FETs
 biasing of FET circuits
 small signal model of FET
 common source JFET amplifier

197
  depletion MOSFET or IGFET
 Enhancement only MOSFET
 Dual stage MOSFET
 P-channel and N-channel MOSFET
 Common source FET amplifier
 Common drain FET amplifier
 Common gate FET amplifier
 Frequency response of common source FET
amplifier
6. Multistage amplifiers
 Introduction
 Different cascading of amplifiers,
 Types of cascaded amplifiers
 Analysis of cascaded amplifiers
 Direct coupled amplifiers
7. Power amplifiers & Tuned Amplifiers
 Introduction
 Class A power amplifiers
 Class B power amplifiers
 Amplifier distortion
 Power transistor heat sinking
 Class C and class D amplifiers
 Tuned amplifiers
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises
Assessment Methods  Continuous Assessment=50%
 Final Exam=50%
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students Senate
Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
Course Policies plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to

198
 discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time
for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five
minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering
the class
1. Theodore F. Bogart, Electronic Devices and Circuits
2. Malvino, Electronic Principles
3. Robert Boylestad, Louis Nashelsky: Electronic Devices and Circuit
References Theory
4. S. Sedra & C. Smith, Microelectronic Circuits
5. jacob millman micro electronics digital and analog circuit system 6.
sanjeev gupta, electronic circuit and device
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

199
 31.Electrical Engineering Lab II

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Electrical Engineering Lab II
Course Code ECEg2112
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Applied Electronics
Module Number NN
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 3
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
3 hours per week
Contact Days ( time and
room)
Target Group 2 year
Year/Semester 2/I
Prerequisites ECEg1072: Electrical Engineering Lab I;
ECEg 2111: Applied Electronics I (Co-requisite)
Status of the course Professional compulsory
This course introduces the student to the basic Measurements on Characteristics
Course Description of Electronic Devices and Circuits; Semiconductor Diode Characteristics;
Rectification and Filtering; Bipolar Junction Transistor Characteristics,
Transistor Biasing & Operating Point Stability; Transistor Amplifier; Frequency
Response; Multistage Amplifier; Power amplifier; Tuned amplifier
Course Objectives and To acquaintance with characteristics of various active devices, Amplifiers, to
competency find frequency response and calculation of ripple etc
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials

200
 1. Basic Measurements on Characteristics of
Electronic Devices and Circuits;
2. Basic Measurements on Characteristics of
Electronic Devices and Circuits.
3. Bipolar Junction Transistor Characteristics

4. Transistor Biasing & Operating Point

Stability;
5.Transistor Amplifier
6. Frequency Response; Multistage Amplifier;
Power amplifier; Tuned amplifier

Final Exam Date

Teaching Methodology Laboratory exercises
Continuous assessments(Lab report, quizzes, lab exercises, Laboratory
activities) 70%
Assessment Methods  Final Examination 30%
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism
Course Policies will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 100% of class attendance is mandatory!
References Prepared Laboratory Manual For Electrical Engineering Lab II
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

201
 32. Applied Electronics II

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Applied Electronics II
Course Code ECEg 2113
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Applied Electronics
Module Number ECEg-M2111
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 5
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
32 48
Contact Days ( time
and room)
Target Group 2 year
Year/Semester 2/II
Prerequisites ECEg 2111: Applied Electronics I
ECE 2114: Electrical Engineering Lab III (Co-requisite)
Status of the course Professional compulsory
Course Description Discussing advanced electronics circuits, application of amplifiers, feedback
circuits, multi vibrators and wave shaping circuits
Course Objectives  To discuss advanced electronic circuits and their application.
and competency  To understand concepts of amplifiers and wave shaping of Electronic
circuits with the aid of characteristic curves.
 To explain the overview of power semiconductor devices and converters.
 To explain the applications of electronic circuits
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials

202
1. Feedback amplifiers
 Introduction to feedback systems.
 Basic feedback concept(negative and positive
feedback systems)
 Sensitivity
 Loop gain and stability of feedback circuits
 Feedback topologies
2.Differential amplifiers
 Introduction
 A small review on BJT amplifiers
 Basic operation of differential amplifiers
 Small signal analysis of differential amplifiers
 Ways of improving voltage and common mode
rejection ratio
3 Operational amplifiers
 Introduction
 Characteristics and operation of Op-Amp
 The ideal Op-Amp circuit analysis
 Inverting, non- inverting and voltage follower op amps
 Open loop and closed loop voltage gains in Op-Amp
 Op-Amp performance parameters
 Application of Op-Amps in linear circuits
Application of Op-Amp in non-linear circuits
4. Oscillators
 Oscillator Operation
 Phase-Shift Oscillator
 Wien Bridge Oscillator
 Tuned Oscillator Circuit
 Crystal Oscillator
 Unijunction Oscillator
5. Multivibrators
 Introduction to multivibrators,

203
  Operation of mono-stable multivibrators,
 Bi-stable multivibrators,
 Astable multivibrators,
 Schmitt trigger, communicating capacitors.
6.Wave shaping Circuits
 Introduction
 Low pass RC circuits and their operation
 High pass RC circuits and their operation
 RL low pass & high pass circuits
 RLC series and parallel circuits
 Analog integrated circuits and their applications
7.Introduction to Digital Electronics
 Realization of logic gates using FETs
 Design of simple digital systems
 Introduction to IC Fabrication
Final Exam Date
Teaching
Methodology Lectures supported by tutorials, presentations Laboratory exercises
Assessment Methods Continuous assessments……….............................50%
FinalExam………………..……………………….50%
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students Senate
Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism will not
Course Policies be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to discussions.
Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided. according
to the time table indicated.
 80% of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for class. I
will not allow you enter if you are late more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value in your
grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class..

204
 Text Books Microelectronics: Circuit Analysis and Design, 4th edition by
Donald A. Neamen Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, by Robert
Boylestad
References References: 1. Theodore F. Bogart, Electronic Devices and Circuits 2.
Malvino, Electronic Principles
3. Robert Boylestad, Louis Nashelsky: Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory
4. S. Sedra & C. Smith, Microelectronic Circuits
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

205
 33. Electrical Engineering Lab III

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Electrical Engineering Lab III
Course Code ECEg2114
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Applied Electronics
Module Number ECEG-M2111
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 3
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
3 hours per week
Contact Days ( time and
room)
Target Group 2 year
Year/Semester 2/II
Prerequisites ECEg 2112: Electrical Engineering Lab II;
ECEg 2113: Applied Electronics II(Co-requisite)
Status of the course Professional compulsory
This course introduces the student to the Amplifier; Differential amplifier;
Course Description Operational amplifier; Oscillators; Basic digital circuits Schmitt trigger, multi-
vibrators, timers, switching circuits
Course Objectives and Conduct experiments on Op-amps, oscillators & timing circuits
competency
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials
1. Differential Amplifier
2. Measurement of op-amp parameter

206
 3. Op-amp application I
4. Op-amp application II
5. Precision Rectifier
6. Analysis and design of Schmitt triggers using op-amp
7. RC phase shift and Wein‘s bridge oscillator
8. Active Filter
9. Astable Multivibrator using op-amp
10. Design of astable multivibrator using IC555 Timer

Final Exam Date

Teaching Methodology Laboratory exercises
Continuous assessments(Lab report, quizzes, lab exercises, Laboratory
activities) 70%
Assessment Methods  Final Examination 30%
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism
Course Policies will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 100% of class attendance is mandatory!
References Prepared Laboratory Manual For Electrical Engineering Lab II
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

207
 34. Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering
Course Code ECEg 1071
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Basics of Electrical Engineering
Module Number ECEg-M1071
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 6
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
48 48 64
Contact Days ( time and
room)
Target Group I year
Year/Semester I/II
Prerequisites Math 1021: Applied Mathematics I
Status of the course Professional compulsory
Electrical charge, voltage, current, power, electromagnetism, voltage sources,
current sources, Resistor, Capacitor, Inductor, Ohm‘s law, Kirchhoff‘s law,
Nodal analysis, Loop analysis, Source transformation, Linearity and
superposition, Thevenin‘s and Norton‘s theorems, Mathematical development
Course Description of response of first order transient circuits equation, Analysis techniques, Pulse
response, Mathematical development of response of second order transient
circuits equation and network response, Electromagnetism, Single phase AC
circuit analysis, Poly phase circuits and Resonance.
Course Objectives and  Understand circuit variables, parameters and the basic electromagnetic
competency phenomenon.
 Understand and apply the fundamental and derived circuit laws and

208
 theorems to the analysis of DC circuits.
 Understand the basic electromagnetic phenomenon, circuit variables
and parameters.
 Understand and apply the fundamental and derived circuit laws and
theorems to the analysis of steady state single phase and poly phase ac
circuits.
 Be familiar with some simulation software for different circuits
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials
1. Basics of circuit theory
Electrical charge, voltage, current and Power, Review of
electromagnetism
2. Introduction to circuit elements:Voltage source, Current
source ,Resistor, Capacitor and Inductor
3.Circuit laws and analysis techniques
Ohm‘slaw,Kirchhoff‘s law,Nodal Analysis, Loop analysis,
Source Transformation, Linearity and Superposition,
Thevenin‘s and Norton‘s theorems, Maximum power transfer
Theoram
4. Response of first order transient circuit
Introduction, Mathematical development of response equation
Analysis techniques, Pulse response
5. Response of second order transient circuits
Mathematical development of response Equation, network
response
6. Electromagnetism
Electromagnetic circuits Magnetically coupled circuits
7. Single phase AC circuit analysis
Introduction
Frequency response
Analysis methods of single phase AC circuits
Power analysis of AC circuits

209
 8. Poly phase circuits
Introduction to Poly phase circuits Star-delta connections
Voltage, current and power in balanced system Power in
unbalanced system
9. Resonance
Introduction to resonant circuits Series resonant circuit
Parallel resonant circuit
10. Circuit analysis using software
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises
Assessment Methods  Continuous Assessment=50%
 Final Exam=50%
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students Senate
Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
Course Policies plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time
for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five
minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering
the class
[1] Fundamentals of electric circuits, A. Sadiku
[2] Basic engineering circuit analysis, J. David Irwin, 5th or 7th Ed. [3]
Introductory circuit Analysis, Boylestad, 8th or 9th Ed.
References [4] Fundamentals of electrical engineering, Leonard S. Bobrow, 2nd Ed.
[5] Electric circuit fundamentals, Thomas L. Floyed, 4th Ed.
[6] Basic Engineering circuit analysis, R.C. Dorf
[7] Engineering Circuit Analysis, by H. Hyte & J.E. Kemmerly

210
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

211
 35. Electrical Engineering Lab I

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Electrical Engineering Lab I
Course Code ECEg1072
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Basic Electrical Engineering
Module Number ECEG-M1071
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 3
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
3 hours per week
Contact Days ( time
and room)
Target Group I year
Year/Semester I/II
Prerequisites Co requisite Courses: ECEg 1071: Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering
Status of the course Professional compulsory
. This course aims at exploring various laboratory exercises for practical
measurements. Safety rules and laboratory report preparation will be discussed. It
introduces basic measuring instruments. The course also discussed how resistors
value represented by colors. Measurement of different parameters (such as
Course Description resistance, current and voltage) will be studied Theories of circuit analysis
methods tested practically. Function of oscilloscopes and how students use
oscilloscope to measure ac voltages will be introduced. The course looks at
experimental analysis of RC,RL, and RLC circuits. Finally power measurement
and power factor improvement shall be presented clearly
Course Objectives To learn practical Basic Electric circuit
and competency  To identify basic Measurement Error.

212
  To learn how to use various DC,AC meters,
 How to construct a circuit and how to measure AC, DC voltage & current
and Oscilloscope.
 Also to conduct tests on bridges & transient circuits.
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials
Experiment Zero :( Safety rules and procedures
in laboratory expeiment One: Introduction to
basic measuring instruments
Experiment Two: Experimental error and color
coding
Experiment Three: Resistor Networks
Experiment Four: Voltage reading using
Voltmeter
Experiment Five: Current reading using
Ammeter
Experiment six: Voltmeter design
Experiment seven: Ammeter Design
Experiment eight: Thevenin‘s Theorem
Experiment nine: DC Bridges
Experiment ten: Oscilloscope and its operation
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology Laboratory exercises
Continuous Assessments(Lab Reports, Participation and Exercise, practical
quizzes)……………………………….70%
Assessment Methods Final Exam …………………………..30%
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism
Course Policies will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.

213
  You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
100% of class attendance is mandatory!
References Lab Manual
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

214
 36. Electrical Workshop I

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Electrical Workshop Practice I
Course Code ECEg2073
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Basic Electrical Engineering
Module Number ECEG-M1071
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 3
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
3 hours per week
Contact Days ( time and
room)
Target Group II year
Year/Semester II/I
Prerequisites NONE
Status of the course Professional compulsory
This course introduces the student to the General Safety of Common types of
Course Description Electrical Hand Tools; different methods of Splicing, Joining, Termination and
Soldering; Wiring materials and accessories, Electrical wiring circuits, starting
methods of ac motors, Reversal of direction of motor rotation, and Industrial
installation.
 To acquaint the students with the various electrical materials and devices
Course Objectives and used in electrical installation.
competency  To give students practical wiring skills on lightening, power and
signaling circuits
 To enable students to have practical exposure to working environment in
electrical technology.

215
 Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials
1. General Safety 1.1 Proper storage
1.2 Proper Usage
1.3 Safety Signs and Instructions 2.Common
types of Electrical Hand Tools
3. Splicing and Joining
3.1 Definition of splicing
3.2 Advantage s of proper splicing
3.3 Types of splices
3.4 Joining wires with connector tubes
4.Termination
4.1 Definition of termination
4.2 Types of termination
4.2.1 Ring-end termination
4.2.2 Stub-end termination
4.2.3 Lug-end termination
5. Soldering
5.1 Definition of Soldering
5.2 Soldering Materials
5.2.1 Solder
5.2.2 Flux
5.2.3 Soldering Iron
5.2.4 Heating Coil Soldering iron
5.2.5 Electric arc Soldering iron
5.3 Blow torch
5.4 Insulating electrical connection
6. Wiring materials and accessories
6.1. Wire and cable, conductor materials used in
cables, insulating materials
6.2. Types of cables used in internal wiring,
conduits, accessories and fittings lightening

216
 accessories and fittings
6.3. Protection device: fuses, circuit breakers and
their types
7 .Electrical wiring circuits
7.1. Systems wiring
7.2. Methods of wiring lighting circuits
7.3. Internal electrical installation
7.3.1. Residential installation
 Series Circuit, Parallel Circuit
 Control of lamps from single location
using different types of switch.
 control of from different places using
different types of switch
 Lamps controlled using one way switch
to which one earthed single phase socket
outlet is closely attached
 Bell Circuit
 Annunciator Circuit
8. Industrial installation
8.1. Principle of contactor and motor control
mechanisms.
8.2. Power and control circuits of industrial
wiring and devices used in these circuits.
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology Laboratory exercises

Assessment Methods Continuous assessments(practical, tests, reports, assignments)…….70%

Final Examination ………………………………………………….30%
 All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism
Course Policies will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to

217
 discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 100% of class attendance is mandatory!
References [1] Prepared Laboratory Manual For Workshop I
[2] Any Residential and Industrial Installation Books
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

218
 37. Introduction to Computing

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Introduction to Computing
Course Code ECEg2033
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Basic Engineering Skills
Module Number GENG-M1033
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 5
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
2 hr/ week 3 hours per week
Contact Days ( time and
room)
Target Group IIyear
Year/Semester II/I
Prerequisites NONE
Status of the course Professional compulsory
This course covers the following topics: Programming Fundamentals; A brief
over view of basics of computers. Students will be introduced to the
Programming world in C++; the basic syntaxes and rules and concepts of C++
programming; Functions, arrays and pointers; simple text file processing, input
Course Description and output; Introduction to the more advanced programming concept, Object
Oriented Programming.
After successfully completed this course, the student should be able to :
Course Objectives and  Identify Major components of computer system
competency  Know the representation of information in computers
 Draw flow chart for simple programming problems
 Write a program using C++ for looping and conditional problems

219
  Write a program by decomposing a problem using functions
 Use arrays and structures as a user defined data types
 Use pointers to dynamically allocate memory
 Do simple input and output on text
 Appreciate the advantage of Object Oriented Programming over the
Procedural Programming
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials
Fundamentals of Computers
 Introduction
 Evolution
 Computer Architecture Basics
 Hardware and Software
 Representation of numbers in computer 
Binary arithmetic
Fundamental of C++Programming
 basics of programming
 algorithm and flow chart
 basics of C++
 variables and assignment
 declaration and initialization
 input /output
Arrays and Structures
 one dimensional array
 multidimensional array
 Accessing structure members
 Passing structures to functions
 Assigning structures
File Input and Output
 Creating a file
 Opening and Closing a file

220
  Reading and writing text files
Introduction to Object Oriented Programming(OOP)
 Introduction
 Procedure Oriented Vs Object Oriented
 Features of OOP-reusability, extensibility
 Over view of Classes and Objects
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises
Assessment Methods  Continuous Assessment=60%
 Final Exam=40%
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students Senate
Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
Course Policies plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time
for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five
minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering
the class
[1] Absolute C++, 4th Ed,Walt Savitch,Addison Wesley,2009
[2] C++ From The Ground Up, Herbert Schildt
[3]Programming in C++, Timothy B.D orazio
References [4]How to program in C++, Deitel and PJ.Deitel
[5]Any Programming book in C++
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________

221
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature
38.Electrical materials and Technology

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Electrical materials and Technology
Course Code ECEg3093
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Electromagnetism and Electrical Materials
Module Number ECEG-M2091
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 5
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
32 48 60
Contact Days ( time
and room)
Target Group III year
Year/Semester III/I
Prerequisites ECEg 2113፡ Applied Electronics II
ECEg 2091: Applied Modern Physics
Status of the course Professional compulsory
Course Description Discussing fundamental atomic models, the property of conducting materials, and
dealing with application and manufacturing of electronics material.
 To review fundamentals of atomic theory; elementary quantum
Course Objectives mechanics the role of electrons in determining the macroscopic electrical
and competency behavior of engineering materials.
 To understand the physical properties of conductors, superconductors,
semiconductor, dielectric and magnetic materials.
 To develop quantitative descriptions of the physical properties.
To understand application and manufacturing processes of electrical and

222
 electronic materials
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials
1.Review of atomic theory of matter
 Atomic models
 Quantization of electron energy
 Schrödinger equation
 Atomic bonding
 Energy band diagram
2.Conducting materials
 Introduction
 Conduction in conductor materials
 Equation of motion of
 electron
 Drudel model
Fermi-Dirac distribution function and the Fermi energy of metals
 Influence of frequency on conductivity
 Factors influencing resistively of conductor materials
 Thermal conductivity of conductors
 Classification and application
3.Superconductivity
 theory of superconductivity
 Meissner effect
 Classification of superconductor materials
 London equation
Application of super conductor
4. Semi-conducting materials
 Energy band diagrams
 Intrinsic semiconductors
 Extrinsic semiconductors
 Fermi-Dirac distribution and the concentration of charge carriers

223
  Drift and diffusion current,
 P-N Junction
 Hall-Effect
 Manufacturing process of semiconductors
5.Dielectric Materials
 Field Relations,
 Polarization and mechanisms of polarization in dielectrics,
 Lorentz field, Properties of dielectric materials
 Complex permittivity
 Influence of frequency on permittivity
 Mechanisms of electrical breakdown of dielectric materials
 Ferro electricity
 Classification and applications
6.Magnetic materials
 Macroscopic characterization of magnetic materials
 Magnetic dipole moment
 Types of magnetism
 Spontaneous magnetization and the Curie Weiss law
 Domain movement in external magnetic field
 Magnetic losses, Complex permeability
 Hard and soft magnetic materials
 Ferromagnetic materials
 manufacturing of magnetic materials
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises
Assessment Methods  Continuous Assessment=50%
 Final Exam=50%
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students Senate
Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
Course Policies plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to

224
 discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time
for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five
minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering
the class
Text Books Allison: Electrical engineering materials

References: 1. Dekker: Electrical engineering materials and devices

References 2. Solymar: Lectures on the electrical properties of materials
3. Lovell, Avery, Vernon: Physical properties of materials
4. Pasco: Properties of materials for electrical engineers
5. Stern: Fundamentals of integrated circuits
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

225
 39. Applied Modern Physics

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Applied Modern Physics
Course Code ECEg2091
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Electromagnetism and Electrical Materials
Module Number ECEG-M2091
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 5
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
48 48 80
Contact Days ( time and
room)
Target Group IIyear
Year/Semester II/I
Prerequisites Math2023: Applied Mathematics III
Status of the course Professional compulsory
This course introduces the students with the Comparison of Classical and
Course Description Modern Physics; The Special Theory of Relativity; Electron Emission; The
Dual Properties of Particles; Introduction to Quantum Mechanics; Introduction
to Solid State Physics
-Have the necessary background for understanding of modern Physics
Course Objectives and -Compare classical Physics and Modern Physics
competency -Understand and apply Special Theory of Relativity
-Understand Dual Properties of Particles.
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials

226
 Relativity Special relativity ,Time dilation, Doppler
effect, Length contraction, Electricity and Magnetism,
Relativistic momentum, Mass and Energy, Energy and
momentum ,average case analysis, time and space
tradeoffs
Particle properties of waves: Electromagnetic waves,
Black body radiation, Photoelectric effect ,X-ray
diffraction, Compton effect ,Pair production
Wave properties of particles: De Broglie waves
,Describing a wave, Phase and group velocities,
Particle diffraction, Particle in a box, Un certainty
principle I, Un certainty principle II
Atomic structure: The nuclear atom, Electron orbits,
Atomic spectra, The Bohr atom, Energy levels and
spectra, Atomic excitation, The laser.
Quantum mechanics: Quantum mechanics, The wave
equation, Schrödinger‘s equation steady state form,
Schrödinger‘s equation time dependent form, Particle
in a box, Harmonic oscillator
Quantum theory of the hydrogen atom: Schrödinger‘s
equation for the hydrogen atom, Quantum numbers,
Electron probability density, Zeeman effect
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises
Assessment Methods  Continuous Assessment=50%
 Final Exam=50%
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students Senate
Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism
Course Policies will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided

227
 according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time for
class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value
in your grade Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the
class
[1] J. W. Rohlf , Modern Physics: from alpha to Z (John Wiley and Sons,
Inc., New York)
[2] Arthur Beiser, Concepts of Modern Physics, McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc.
References [3] Ronald Gautreau, William Savin, Modern Physics (Schaum's Outline
Series) (McGraw-Hill, New York ) P.A. Tipler, R.A. Liewellyn, Modern
Physics, W.H. Freeman and Company
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

228
 40.Introduction to Electrical Machines

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Introduction to Electrical Machines
Course Code ECEg3131
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Basic Electrical Machines
Module Number ECEG-M3131
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 6
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
32 48 48
Contact Days ( time
and room)
Target Group IIIyear
Year/Semester III/I
Prerequisites ECEg2092: Electromagnetic Fields
Status of the course Professional compulsory
Course Description Magnetics; Transformers; 3-Phase Induction Machines ; D.C Machines;
Synchronous Machines
To understand basic concepts of electromagnetic circuits as they relate to
Course Objectives voltages, currents, and physical forces induced in conductors.
and competency  To understand and gain insight into principles of operation & construction
of transformer, induction machines, D.C. machines, and synchronous
machines.
 To learn and understand analytical models for transformers and electrical
rotating machines.
 To use models to analyze power requirements, power capability,
efficiency and operating characteristics

229
 Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials
1. Magnetics: Field properties, materials, saturation &
hysteresis, magnetic circuits, Production of an EMF,
Production of electromagnetic force-torque.
2. Transformers: Principle of operation construction, ideal &
practical models, Trasformer explanation with load and
withiot load with Phasor analysis
3. 3-Phase Induction Machines: Principle and working IM,
Revolving field, construction, Types of IM, synchronous
speed & slip,
4. D.C Machines: Construction of DC Generator, Principle and
working of DC generator, Armature reaction, commutation,
Characteristics of DC generator, DC motor principle and operation,
Significance of Back Emf
5. . Synchronous Machines: Principle and operation, types of
Synchronous Machines Construction, Application of SM
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises
Assessment Methods  Continuous Assessment=50%
 Final Exam=50%
All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students Senate
Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
Course Policies plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class attendance is mandatory! Please try to be on time
for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five
minutes.

230
  Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering
the class
References: 1. J. Hindmarsh: Electrical Machines and their Applications
2. Kosow: Electric Machinery and Control, Prentice-Hall
3. Siskind: Electrical Machines, McGraw-Hill
References 4. Chapman: Electric Machinery Fundamentals, McGraw-Hill
5. Fitzgerald, C. Kingsley, & S. D. Umans: Electric Machinery
6. M.G. Say: Alternating Current Machines
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

231
 41.Electrical Engineering Lab IV

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Electrical Engineering Lab IV
Course Code ECEg3132
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Basic Electrical Machines
Module Number ECEG-M3131
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 3
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
3 hours per week
Contact Days ( time and
room)
Target Group III year
Year/Semester III/I
Prerequisites ECEg3131:Introduction to Electrical Machines (co-requisite)
Status of the course Professional compulsory
Magnetization curve & Hysteresis loop; Single phase transformer Test Parallel
operation of single phase transformer; Three phase transformer Test; Starting
methods of Induction motor; Testing of three Phase Induction motor; Speed
control of Induction motor; Characteristics of separately excited dc generator;
Course Description Characteristics & Voltage Build up process of a Shunt Generator; Tests on
three phase synchronous motor
 Measure and obtain equivalent circuit of electrical machines
Course Objectives and  Perform no load and full load tests on transformers and induction
competency motor
 Be able to measure speed versus torque characteristics
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials

232
 Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Remarks
Hour
1. Magnetization curve & Hysteresis loop: Properties
of permanent magnet, Magnetic saturation curve,
Hysteresis, loop and iron losses.
2. Single phase transformer Test : No-load Test (open
circuit), Short Circuit Test, Full load Test, Voltage
Regulation, Efficiency.
3. Parallel operation of single phase transformer
4.Three phase transformer Test: Star-Star(Y-Y)
Connection, Delta-Delta (Δ - Δ) Connections, Star-Delta(Y-
Δ) Connection, Delta-Star (Δ - Y) Connection, Short circuit
test, Full Load Test
5. Starting methods of Induction motor: Direct on line
starting method, Starting at reduced voltage method.
6. Testing of three Phase Induction motor: No- Load test,
Block rotor test , Full load Test, Dc resistance measurement.
7. Speed control of Induction motor: Rotor resistance
control,Voltage control Pole changing, method, Frequency
control
8.Characteristics of separately excited dc generator : Open
circuit characteristics (magnetization curve)
9. Characteristics& Voltage Build up process of aShunt
Generator: The O.C.C. of a shunt generator, External
Characteristics and Internal Characteristics, Voltage Build up
process
10.Tests on three phase synchronous motor: Method of starting
synchronous motor ,via prime mover, Asynchronous starting(as
induction motor), Frequency starting ,Performance characteristics
of synchronous motor
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises
Assessment Methods  Continuous Assessment=50%
 Final Exam=50%

233
 All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
Course Policies plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present lab reports and projects
according to the time table indicated.
 100% attendance is mandatory! Students should be on time for
lab session. Students are not allowed you enter if they are late more
than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
[1] Laboratory manual for electrical machine one
[2].Introduction to Electrical machines‖ by Girma M ullisa.
[3].Electrical machines‖ by M.kostenko,L.piotrovsky.
References [4].Laboratory exercise on Electrical machine‖ by Assefa G/ssie (1987)
[5] Alternating cuurent machines‖ by M.G.say.
[6]Introduction to Electrical machines‖ by A.R.Daniel.
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

234
 42. Electrical Workshop Practice II

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Electrical Workshop Practice II
Course Code ECEg3133
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Basic Electrical Machines
Module Number ECEG-M3131
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 4
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
6 hours week (96)
Contact Days ( time and
room)
Target Group III year
Year/Semester III/II
Prerequisites ECEg2073: Electrical workshop practice I
Status of the course Professional compulsory
Course Description . Repair of electrical apparatus coil; Design and winding of small power
transformers; Induction motor winding(squirrel cage type); Wiring of relay
circuits; Computer maintenance
Course Objectives and  To enable students to understand the construction and control of
competency basic electrical machines.
 To gain skills on basic computer maintenance
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Remarks
Hour
1. Repair of electrical apparatus coil: Concepts of apparatus
coil and their purpose; Design of former (press board) and

235
 apparatus coil; Winding of the apparatus coil using winding
machine; Testing of the repaired apparatus coil using
appropriate meters.
2. Design and winding of small powertransformers:
Transformer definition purpose, properties and type;. Necessary
parameters need to be considered during transformer design;
Design of sheet pack, winding coil and winding assembly of
transformer; Winding of coils (primary & secondary) using
winding machine; Testing of the rewind transformer using
different testing mechanisms to check its efficiency.
3. Induction motor winding (squirrel cage type): Induction
motor definition, types and their characteristics; Three phase
induction motor winding types and arrangement; Design of
three phase induction motor winding types (concentric, mush,
chain types); Winding of coils using manual winding machine;
Assembly of the winding to the stator of the motor and finally
performing all necessary tests that are done by maintenance
personnel.
4. Wiring of relay circuits: Relays definition, relay circuits
characteristics and their application, timer‘s definition and their
characteristics; Controlling of induction motors using relays and timer
circuits; Preparing relay circuit wiring diagram and implementing
practically to control the motor; controlling of motor forward reverse
rotation using push buttons interlocking with relays and contactor
interlocking; Automatic reversing of direction of motor using timers
5. Computer maintenance: Introduction to PC and its basic
components; Electrical precautions that need to be considered
during troubleshooting; Features and properties of hard ware
components of PC; Features and operation of PC system unit
(case), motherboard, CPU, and parts of the system unit.
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology Methodology
Workshop Practice, group discussion through projects
Assessment Methods  Continuous Assessment=50%

236
  Final Exam=50%
 All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of
students throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
Course Policies plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 Students are required to submit and present the assignments
provided according to the time table indicated.
 100% of class attendance is mandatory! Every student should
be on time for the session. Students are not allowed to enter if
they are late more than five minutes.
 Active participation in the lab is essential.
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the lab.
Textbook: 1. Electrical workshop practice II laboratory manual prepared
by the department.
References: 1. Hand book of Electrical motor control systems. U.S.
References Eswar.Tata McGraw-Hill.1990.
2. Basic shop practical in electrical engineering. Hans. DhanpatRai &
Co. (PVT.) Ltd1999
3. Induction motors-protection and starting. Viv Cohen. Johannesburg
2000, South Africa.
4. Industrial electrical trouble shooting; Lynn Lundquist.
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

237
 43. Neural Networks & Fuzzy Logic Control

Haramaya University
Haramaya Istitute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Neural Networks & Fuzzy Logic Control
Course Code ECEg5324
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Instrumentation and Control Engineering
Module Number ECEG-M4321
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 5
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
32 48 - 32
Contact Days ( time and
room)
Target Group 5th year
Year/Semester 5/II
Prerequisites ECEg4322: Digital Control Systems
Status of the course Compalsory
Basic introduction to neural networks & fuzzy logic, development and
Course Description implementation. It includes; Neural versus conventional computing.
Learning processes. The MLP NN, back propagation learning algorithm.
Recurrent networks. Self-organization Feature maps. Applications.
Introduction to Fuzzy theory. Fuzzy Logic. Neuro-Fuzzy system in
engineering.
The main objective of this course is to provide the student with the basic
Course Objectives understanding of neural networks and fuzzy logic fundamentals, Program the
related algorithms and Design the required and related systems
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week C.Hour Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Remarks

238
1. Evolution of neural networks; Artificial Neural Network:
Basic model, Classification, Feed forward and Recurrent
topologies, Activation functions; Learning algorithms:
Supervised, Un-supervised and Reinforcement;
Fundamentals of connectionist modeling: McCulloach –
Pits model, Perceptron, Adaline, Madaline
2. Topology of Multi-layer perceptron, Back propagation
learning algorithm, limitations of Multi-layer perceptron.
Radial Basis Function networks: Topology, learning
algorithm; Kohenen‘s self-organising network: Topology,
learning algorithm; Bidirectional associative memory
Topology, learning algorithm, Applications
3. Recurrent neural networks: Basic concepts, Dynamics,
Architecture and training algorithms, Applications;
Hopfield network: Topology, learning algorithm,
Applications; Industrial and commercial applications of
Neural networks: Semiconductor manufacturing processes,
Communication, Process monitoring and optimal control,
Robotics, Decision fusion and pattern recognition
4. Classical and fuzzy sets: Introduction, Operations and
Properties, Fuzzy Relations: Cardinality, Operations and
Properties, Equivalence and tolerance relation, Value
assignment: cosine amplitude and max-min method;
Fuzzification: Membership value assignment- Inference, rank
ordering, angular fuzzy sets. Defuzzification methods, Fuzzy
measures, Fuzzy integrals, Fuzziness and fuzzy resolution;
possibility theory and Fuzzyarithmetic; composition and
inference; Considerations of fuzzy decision-making
5. Basic structure and operation of Fuzzy logic control
systems; Design methodology and stability analysis of
fuzzy control systems; Applications of Fuzzy controllers.
Applications of fuzzy theory.
6. Introduction to Neurofuzzy System.
7. A Matlab based simulation study to neurofuzzy
system
Final Exam Date

239
Teaching Methodology Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises

Assessment Methods  Continuous assessment……………….. 50%

 Final Examination……………………. 50%.
 All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of
students Senate Legislation of our University throughout this
course.
Course Policies  Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class & 100 % lab attendance is mandatory! Please
try to be on time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are
late more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.

1. A Brief Introduction to Neural Networks, David Kriesel, 2005

2. Introduction to Fuzzy Logic using MATLAB, S. N. Sivanandam,
and others, 2007, Springer
References 3. Neural Networks:A Comprehensive Study By:Simon Hyken.
Macmillan Colledge Publishing, Inc.1996
4. Fuzzy Control and Fuzzy System. By: Witold Pedrycz.Research
Studies Press Ltd.2ndd edition 1996
5. Foundations of Neural Networks, Fuzzy Systems, and
Knowledge Engineering, Nikola K. Kasabov, 1998, MIT Press
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________

240
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

44.Introduction to Control Systems

Haramaya University
Haramaya Istitute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Introduction to Control Systems
Course Code ECEg3153
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Electrical Systems Engineering
Module Number ECEG-M3151
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 6
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
32 48 32 48
Contact Days ( time
and room)
Target Group 3rd year
Year/Semester III/II
Prerequisites ECEG-2208
Status of the course Compulsory
Course Description Transfer function and graphical representation of linear systems,time domain
analysis, frequency domain analysis, and controllerdesign
Students will add to their knowledge-base in the fundamentals
Course Objectives of electrical engineering modeling and design.
 Students will develop basic skills of utilizing mathematical tools needed
to analyze and design classical linear dynamic control systems.
 Each student will get real-world experience in control systems problems,
design, and implementation
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials

241
Week C.Hour Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Remarks
1. Introduction to Control System
 Basic components of Control system
 Classification of control system
 Transfer function of control systems
 Laplace transform
 Block diagrams algebra
 Signal flow graphs
2. Mathematical Modeling of Physical system
 Electrical System
 Mechanical system
 Analogous System
3. Feedback Control system Character
 Transfer function of feedback control system
 Feedback controllers characteristics
 Reduction in overall system gain
 Reduction in Sensitivity of control system
4. Time Domain Analysis of Control Systems
 Input / some standard test signal
 Time response of 1st order system
 Time response of 2nd order system
 Steady state error
5. Stability Analysis of control system
 Definition of system stability
 Absolute and Relative stability
 Method for stability Analysis
6. Chapter 6: Root Locus analysis
 Introduction to Root Locus
 Rules for construction of Root Locus
 Constructing Root Locus
7. Chapter 7: Frequency domain analysis
 Frequency response
 Frequency domain specification

242
  Bode plot
 Polar plot
 Nyquisit plot
8. Chapter 8. Control Systems design
 Introduction to Classical control systems design
 Design Specification Control system
 Root locus methodPhase-lead compensation
 Phase-lag compensation
Lead- Lag compensation
 Frequency Response method
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises
Assessment Methods  Continuous assessment……………….. 50%
 Final Examination……………………. 50%.
 All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of
students Senate Legislation of our University throughout this
course.
Course Policies  Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class & 100 % lab attendance is mandatory! Please try
to be on time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late
more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
Textbook:
1. Norman S. Nise: Control Systems Engineering, John Wiley &
Sons; 4th Edition edition Aug 19,2003
References 2. Katsuhiko Ogata: Modern Control Engineering (4th Edition),

243
 Prentice Hall; 4 edition (November 13, 2001)
References:
1. Azzo and Houpis: Feedback Control system analysis and synthesis,
2002
2. Nagrath and Gopal: Control System Engineering, 2001
3. K. Ogata: Modern Control Engineering, 2001
4. Ramachandro. Rao: Process Control Engineering: A Textbook for
Chemical, Mechanical and Electrical
Engineers, CRC (October 21, 1993)
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

244
 45. Introduction to Power sytem

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Introduction to Power System
Course Code ECEg3154
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Electrical Systems Engineering
Module Number ECEG-M3151
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 6
Contact hour per 7
week
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
32 48 32 48
Contact Days ( time NN
and room)
Target Group 3th year
Year/Semester 3/II
Prerequisites ECEg3122: Electrical Network Anaylysis and synthesis
Status of the course Compulsory
Course Description Fundamental of power systems, transmission line parameters, characteristics and
performance of transmission lines.
A student who successfully, completes the course will have the ability to:
Course Objectives i) know the three phase AC power transmission system and its effects.
ii) Know the performance of the transmission line.
iii) Know the calculation of electrical parameters of the transmission line.
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week C.Hour Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Remarks
Chapter 1: Basic Concepts

245
 1.1 Fundamentals of Power Systems
 AC and DC transmission, single phase and three phase transmission,
complex power, structure of a power system, introduction to power
transformers, CTs and VTs etc.
1.2 Representation of Power System Components
 Single-phase solution of balanced three-phase networks, one-line diagram
and impedance or reactance diagram, per unit (PU) system.
Chapter 2: Transmission Line Parameters
 Resistance of transmission lines, skin effect and proximity effect;
 Inductance of single phase two-wire line, composite conductor line, three-
phase line with unsymmetrical spacing, double circuit three phase lines
and bounded conductors,
 Capacitance of a tow-wire line, three phase line with equilateral and
unsymmetrical spacing, effect of earth on transmission line capacitance.
Chapter 3: Mechanical Design of Transmission Lines
 Sag of transmission line, sag for equal heights and unequal heights of transmission lines,
stringing charts, mathematical equations, problems.
 Sag and tension calculations, effect of wind and ice, stinging chart, sag
template.
Chapter 4: Characteristics and Performance of Power Transmission Lines
 ABCD constants, representation of transmission lines, short medium and
long transmission lines,
 Steady-state performance-efficiency and regulation.

Chapter 5: Corona and Overhead Line Insulators

5.1 Corona
 Disruptive critical voltage, corona loss, line design based on corona,
advantage and disadvantage of corona.
5.2 Overhead Line Insulators
 Types of insulators, potential distribution over a string of insulators,
method of equalizing potential.
Chapter 6: Under Ground Cables
 Types of Cables, capacitance of single core and three core cables,

246
 insulation resistance of a cable, power factor and heating of cables.
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises
Assessment Methods  Continuous assessment……………….. 50%
 Final Examination……………………. 50%.
 All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
Course Policies plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class & 100 % lab attendance is mandatory! Please try
to be on time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late
more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
Text Books:
[1]. John Grainger (Author), Jr., William Stevenson: Power System
Analysis, McGraw-Hill Science/Engineering/Math; 1st Edition,
Literature (January 1, 1994)
[2]. Alexandria Von Meier: Electrical Power System: A conceptual
Introduction, Wiley-IEEE press, July 11, 2006.
[3]. Arthur R. Burgen, Vijay Vittal: Power System Analysis,
Prentice Hall; 2nd Edition, (August 6, 1999)
References:
[1]. Dr. George G. Karady, Dr. Keith E. Holbert, Electrical Energy
conversion and Transport: An interactive computer-based
approach, Wiley-IEEE press, 2005.
[2]. Allen J. Wood and B. F. Wollenberg, Power Generation,
Operation and Control, 2nd Edition, John Wiley, 1996.

247
 [3]. C. L. Wadhwa, Electrical Power Systems, New Age
International Publishers, 2004.
[4]. Syed Nasar, Electrical Power Systems, (Schaum‘s outline
series). McGraw-Hill publishing company, 2004.
[5]. I. J. Nagareth and D. P. Kothari, Power System Engineering,
Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 1994.
[6]. Principles of power systems by J.B Gupta
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

248
 46. Electrical Machines

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Electrical Machines
Course Code ECEg4221
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Electrical Machines and Drives
Module Number ECEG-M4221
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 6
Contact hour per week 7
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
32 48 32 48
Contact Days ( time and NN
room)
Target Group 4th year
Year/Semester VI/I
Prerequisites ECEg3131: Introduction to Electrical Machines
Status of the course Compulsory
The course aims to introduce students to Principle of electromechanical energy
Course Description conversion, Transformer, Induction machine, D.C machines, Synchronous
machines
The course aims to enable e students:
Course Objectives  To understand the basic principles of electromechanical energy
conversion devices.
 To learn and understand inrush currents, harmonics and conditions for
parallel operation and design aspects of transformers.
 To learn and understand D.C. armature winding & A.C. windings.
 To understand dynamic equations and control aspect of D.C machines.
 To understand salient pole synchronous machine features, reference

249
 frame transformation, d-q axis theory, power/load angle relationship and
carry out transient analysis.
 To understand the principle of operation and construction of fractional
horsepower motors.
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week C.Hour Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Remarks
1.Principle of Electromechanical energy conversion: Salient aspects of
Conversions, Energy Balance, Determination of Magnetic force and
torque from energy, Forces and torques in systems with Permanent
Magnets
2.Transformer: Shall we give DC supply to transformer, Why
transformer Rated in KVA,Transformer Equivalent circuit analysis,
Humming noise in Transformer Voltage Regulation, Efficiency, Auto
Transformer, Parallel Operation of Transformer, Three phase
Transformer
3.Induction machine: Parameter of the equivalent circuit, torque
equation, stall & starting torque, efficiency, torque-speed curves,
Power balance equation, Computation and circle diagrams
Single phase induction machines and double field revolving theory,
Application
4.D.C Machines: Generator Types, Generator equation, speed regulation
of Dc motor, Motor characteristics, DC machines test, parallel operation,
DC motor starter
5.Losses in Electrical Machine
Copper losses, hystresses losses, eddy current losses, rotational losses
6.Synchronous machines: D/Q analysis of synchronos machines,Power
developed by Synchronous machines, Zero power factor method,
characteristics of synchronous machines as an alternator, motor operation
of synchronous machine. synchronous condensor
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises
Assessment Methods  Continuous assessment……………….. 50%
 Final Examination……………………. 50%.
 All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.

250
  Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
Course Policies plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class & 100 % lab attendance is mandatory! Please try
to be on time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late
more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References:
1. B.L Theraja& A.K Theraja: Textbook of Electrical Technology,
Volume 2
Literature 2. Fitzgerald, C. Kingsley, & S. D. Umans: Electric Machinery
3. Kosow: Electric Machinery and Control, Prentice-Hall
4. Siskind: Electrical Machines, McGraw-Hill
5. Chapman: Electric Machinery Fundamentals, McGraw-Hill
6. M.G. Say: Alternating Current machines
7. J. Hindmarsh: Electrical Machines and their Applications
8. Dr.P.S. Bimbhra, Electrical Machinery
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

251
 47.Power Electronics and Electric Drives

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Power Electronics and Electric Drives
Course Code ECEg4222
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Electrical Machines and Drives
Module Number ECEG-M4221
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 6
Contact hour per 7
week
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
32 48 32 48
Contact Days ( time NN
and room)
Target Group 4th year
Year/Semester VI/II
Prerequisites ECEg4221: Electrical Machines
Status of the course Compulsory
The course aims to introduce students to the fundamentals of power electronics
Course Description and drives, Dynamic behavior of electric drives , Power converters to supply
electric drives, Electric drives and Control, Motor rating selection, Characteristics
of electric drives for common applications and Laboratory Exercises are includes.
The students will be able to understand elements and characteristics, and
Course Objectives operation principles of electric drives.
 The students will have a sound understanding of the desired operating
characteristics of various industrial driven units.
 The students will be able to select drive elements and develop drive

252
 system for common industrial driven units.
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week C.Hour Topic/Subtopic/Chapter
1. Introduction:Intoduction to Power Electronics devices,
Thyristors, History, two transistor analogy of thyristors, series and paralle
operation of thyristors, Types of powerelectronics circuits, Power Electroni
devices
2. Power Electronics converters I
AC-DC converters, half wave, fullwave controlled converters with resistive
and resistive inductive loads.
Voltage control converters with half and full wave.
3. Power Electronics converters II
AC-AC ( Cycloconverters), Step up and down Cyclo converters,DC-DC
converters( Choppers), Buck converters, Boost converters, Pulse width
modulation, duty cycle,
4. Basic elements of electric drives; Torque-speed characteristics of industrial driven
units; Power supply for electric motors; Control of electric drives,IM Drives ,SyM
drives, DC motor Drives,
5. Dynamic behavior of electric drives: Referring torque and moment of inertia from
one axis to other axis;Operation of electric motors in motoring and braking modes;
Regenerativ braking, Dynamic braking, plugging Starting of electric motors, etc.
6. Characteristics of electric drives for common applications: Crane and
hoist drives; Centrifugal pumps; Steel rolling mills, cement mills and sugar
mills; Electric machine tools and turbo compressors, etc.
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises
Assessment Methods  Continuous assessment……………….. 50%
 Final Examination……………………. 50%.
 All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
Course Policies plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to

253
 discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class & 100 % lab attendance is mandatory! Please try
to be on time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late
more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References:
1. VedamSubrahmanyam: Electric Drives Concepts and applications
by, McGraw-Hill 1996.
Literature 2. Electric Drive by Jacob Feinberg, Mir Publishers, 1978
3. Industrial Brushless servos by Peter Moreton, Newnes, 2000
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

254
 48.Power Systems

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Power Systems
Course Code ECEg4231
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Power Engineering I
Module Number ECEG-M4231
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 6
Contact hour per 7
week
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
32 48 32 48
Contact Days ( time NN
and room)
Target Group 4th year
Year/Semester VI/I
Prerequisites ECEg3154: Introduction to Power Systems
Status of the course Compulsory
Fault analysis, Power system transients, Power system stability, Load flow
Course Description studies, HVDC transmission
 To learn and understand the analytical techniques of fault analysis and
Course Objectives stability analysis.
 To understand and analyze power system transients.
 To provide comprehensive coverage of load flow studies
 To learn and analyze HVDC transmission.
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks

255
 Hour Materials

1.Fault analysis: Symmetrical 3-phase faults; Symmetrical

components; Unsymmetrical faults
2.Power System transients: Surge phenomenon; Propagation of
surges(travelling waves); Reflection and refraction of waves;
Attenuation of traveling waves; Determination of system voltage
produced by traveling waves; Generation of switching over-
voltages on transmission lines
3.Power system stability: Stability & stability limitSwing
equation; Power angle equation; Steady-state stability analysis;
Transient stability analysis; Numerical solution of swing equation.
4.Load flow studies: Network model formulation; Formation of
Ybus matrix; Load flow problem; Load flow solutions
5.HVDC transmission: Principle of AC/DC conversion, reactive
power demand; Economic considerations; Applications of HVDC;
Advantages and disadvantages of HVDC systems.
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises
Assessment Methods  Continuous assessment……………….. 50%
 Final Examination……………………. 50%.
 All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
Course Policies plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class & 100 % lab attendance is mandatory! Please try
to be on time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late
more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.

256
 References:
1. J. D. Glover and M. S. Sarma, Power System Analysis and Design,
Brooks/Cole, Third Edition, 2002
Literature 2. Allen J. Wood and B.F. Wollenberg, Power Generation, Operation and
Control, 2nd Edn, John Wiley, 1997.
3. P. Kundur, Power system Operation and Control, Tata Mc-grah Hill
Edition, 2006.
4. Syed Nasar, Electrical Power Systems (Schaum‘s Outline Series),
McGraw-hill Publishing Company, 2004.
5. Modern Power System Analysis By D. P. Kothari, I. J.
Nagrath.McGraw-hill Publishing Company.
6. Power System Dynamics and Stability By Jan Machowski,
JanuszBialek,
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

257
 49.Power System Protection and Control

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Power System Protection and Control
Course Code ECEg4232
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Power Engineering I
Module Number ECEG-M4231
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 6
Contact hour per week 7
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
32 48 32 48
Contact Days ( time and NN
room)
Target Group IV Year Power
Year/Semester VI/II
Prerequisites ECEg4231:Power Systems
Status of the course Compulsory
Course Description Power system protection; Circuit breakers; Automatic generation and voltage
control; Power system reliability analysis
The course aims to introduce students to the fundamentals of power system
Course Objectives protection and control.
 The students will understand the principles and concepts of power system
protection and control.
 The students will comprehend the operating principles and design
considerations of protective devices and protection systems.
 The students will understand and learn protection of transmission lines,
generators, motors and transformers.

258
  The students will understand and gain knowledge of automatic generation
and voltage control of interconnected power systems.
 The students will be able to carry out reliability analysis of power systems.
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials
1.Power system protection: Protective zones; Relaying elements
and quantities; Operating principles of relays; Relay types and
characteristics; Protection of transmission lines, generators, motors
and transformers
2.Circuit breakers: Arc and arc extinction; Circuit breaker rating;
Circuit breaker types; HVDC circuit breakers
3.Automatic generation and voltage control: Load frequency
control; Economic dispatch control; Single-area and two- area load
frequency control; Interchange evaluation and power pool;
Automatic voltage control; Load frequency control with generation
rate constraints; Speed governor, dead-band and its effect on
automatic generation control (AGC)
4.Power system reliability analysis: Definition of power system
reliability and quality; Reliability assessment techniques;
Reliability indices; Interconnected systems
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises
Assessment Methods  Continuous assessment……………….. 50%
 Final Examination……………………. 50%.
 All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
Course Policies plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class & 100 % lab attendance is mandatory! Please try

259
 to be on time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late
more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References:
1. Power System Protection and Switchgear By Badri Ram, D N
Vishwakarma
Literature 2. Modern Power System Analysis By D. P. Kothari, I. J. Nagrath
3. Assessment of Power System Reliability: Methods and Applications
By Marko Čepin
4. J. D. Glover and M. S. Sarma, Power System Analysis and Design,
Brooks/Cole, Third Edition.
5. Prabha Kumar, Power System Stability and Control, McGraw-Hill
Education.
6. A. G. Phadke and J.S. Thorp, Computer Relaying for Power
Systems, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1988
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

260
 50.Electrical Installation

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Electrical Installation
Course Code ECEg4241
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Energy Conversion and Distribution
Module Number ECEG-M4241
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 5
Contact hour per week 5
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
32 48 64
Contact Days ( time and NN
room)
Target Group IV Year Power
Year/Semester VI/II
Prerequisites ECEg-2073
Status of the course Compulsory
Course Description Illumination Science, Electrical regulation and standards , Electrical
installation materials, components and accessories ,Residential installation
design, Commercial(Industrial) installation design, Earthling, Grounding
system ,Testing of electrical installation, Electrical installation contracting and
Cost estimation, Contract document preparation
 Understand the science and art of internal and external illumination of
Course Objectives buildings.
 Understand different electrical installation materials, components and
accessories.
 Understand an electrical regulations and standards for consumer

261
 premises wiring design and construction.
 Design Residential and Commercial installation
 Understand installation cost estimation and contract documentation,
 Understand electrical installation and construction drawings.
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week C. Hour Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Materials
1.Illumination: Lighting, lighting terminologies and laws;
Artificial light source and their types; Lighting schemes and their
types; Illumination design and calculation
2.Electrical Installations in Consumer Premises: Electrical
installation materials, components and accessories; Electrical
regulation and standards; Residential installation design;
Commercial(Industrial) installation design; Residential and
Commercial installation design drawing
3.Grounding System and Testing Electrical Installation:
Earthling and method of earthling; Grounding system; Testing of
electrical installation
4.Contracting Electrical Constructions: Electrical installation
contracting and Cost estimation; Contract document preparations
Final Exam Date
Teaching Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises
Methodology
Assessment Methods  Continuous assessment……………….. 50%
 Final Examination……………………. 50%.
 All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism will
Course Policies not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to discussions.
Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class & 100 % lab attendance is mandatory! Please try to be

262
 on time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than five
minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value in
your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References:
1. IEE regulations
2. Ethiopian Building Code Standard, Electrical Installation of Buildings
Literature 3. EBCS-10
4. Electrical Installation Work by Brian Scaddan third edition
5. Electrical Installation Principles and Practices by J. Hyde
[5]The art and science of illumination by AbdellaAbdinaser

Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

263
 51.Power System Planning and Operation

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Power System Planning and Operation
Course Code ECE 4251
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Power Engineering II
Module Number ECEG-M4251
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 5
Contact hour per week 5
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
32 48 - 48
Contact Days ( time and NN
room)
Target Group IV Year Power
Year/Semester VI/II
Prerequisites ECEg4231: Power Systems
Status of the course Compulsory
Course Description The course power system planning and operation consists the following
chapters: Load forecasting, Planning and design , Generation system cost
analysis, Power system operation , Optimization and security
The course aims to introduce students to the fundamentals of power system
Course Objectives planning and operation.
 The students will have a sound understanding of fundamentals of load
forecasting techniques.
 The students will be able to learn and understand basics design
concepts of generating stations, switchyards, and transmission lines.
 The students will have a sound understanding of calculation of

264
 transmission losses, economic load dispatch and optimal operation of
power systems.
 The students will be able to carry out cost analysis of generation
systems.
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials
1.Load forecasting: Classification and characteristics of loads,
Forecasting methodology; Energy forecasting; Demand forecasting;
Peak demand forecasting
2.Planning and design: General layout and design of generating
stations; Switchyard layout; Transmission system planning
3.Generation system cost analysis: Cost analysis; Production
analysis and costing; Environmental cost.
4.Power system operation: Operation of hydropower generator;
Switchyard; Protection & communication system in power system;
Characteristics of generating units; Transmission losses;
Representation of transmission losses by B-coefficient; Optimal
operation of generators on a bus-bar; Optimal load dispatch
including transmission losses; Interchange evaluation and power
pool.
5.Optimization and security: Formulation of the optimization
problem; Conditions for minimization; Sensitivity of the objective
function; Security assessment
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises
Assessment Methods  Continuous assessment……………….. 50%
 Final Examination……………………. 50%.
 All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism
Course Policies will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided

265
 according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class & 100 % lab attendance is mandatory! Please try to
be on time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than
five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value
in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References:
Textbook:
1. R L Sullivan: Power System Planning, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1977.
Literature 2. Xifan Wang James McDonald: Modern Power System Planning, 2001.
References:
1. C.L. Wadhwa, Electrical Power Systems, New Age International
Publishers, 2004.
2. Allen J. Wood and B.F. Wollenberg, Power Generation, Operation and
Control, 2nd Edition, John Wiley, 1997.
3. W.D. Stevenson, Jr., Elements of Power System Analysis, 4th Edition,
New York: McGraw-hill, 1982.
4. Gupta: Electrical Power
5. Jurgen Schlabbach& Karl H: Power system Engineering
6. J. Arrillaga and C. P. Arnold: Computer Analysis Of Power Systems
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

266
 52.Computer Applications in Power Systems

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Computer Applications in Power Systems
Course Code ECEg5252
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Power Engineering II
Module Number ECEG-M5251
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 5
Contact hour per week 5
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
32 16 32 48
Contact Days ( time and NN
room)
Target Group IV Year Power
Year/Semester VI/II
Prerequisites ECEg4231: Power Systems
Status of the course Compulsory
Course Description This course introduces computer applications in powers systems and covers the
modelling and simulations of Load flow Analysis, Fault Studies, Power system
stability, Analysis of Harmonic Propagation, Optimization and security in
power systems
After completion of the course students will be able to:
Course Objectives  Understand Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA)
system
 Understand on-line and real-time applications of computers system
voltage and excitation control, automatic generation control (AGC) and
economic dispatch control

267
  Gain insight into computer aided protection and application of DSP to
protection of power systems
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials
1.Introduction: Computers in Power Systems; Computer Tasks;
Automatic Generation Control; Generation Scheduling; Security
Assessment; Optimal Power Flow;Transmission System
Development; Interactive Power System Analysis
2.Load flow Analysis: Network Modeling; Basic Nodal Method;
Power system matrix; Fast decouple power flow
3.Fault Studies: Analysis of Three-phase Faults; Admittance
Matrix Equation; Impedance Matrix Equation; Fault Calculations;
Analysis of Unbalanced Faults; Admittance Matrices; Fault
Calculations; Short-circuit Faults; Open-circuit Faults; Program
Description and Typical Solutions
4.Power system stability modeling: Introduction; Basic model of
Synchronous machine; Synchronous machine Automatic
controllerLoads; Transmission network; Induction machine; AC-
DC conversion; Relays; Unbalaced Faults
5.Analysis of Harmonic Propagation: Transmission line models;
Transformer model; Application of the harmonic penetration
algorithm
6.Optimization and security: Formulation of the optimization
problem; Conditions for minimization; Sensitivity of the objective
function; Security assessment
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises
Assessment Methods  Continuous assessment……………….. 50%
 Final Examination……………………. 50%.
 All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
Course Policies plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to

268
 discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class & 100 % lab attendance is mandatory! Please try
to be on time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late
more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References:
Literature 1. J. Arrillaga and C. P. Arnold:Computer Analysis Of Power Systems
2. Software Manual
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

269
 53.Energy Conversion and Rural Electrification

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Energy Conversion and Rural Electrification
Course Code ECEg4242
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Energy Conversion and Distribution
Module Number ECEG-M4241
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 5
Contact hour per week
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
48 48 - 48
Contact Days ( time and NN
room)
Target Group IV Year Power
Year/Semester VI/II
Prerequisites MENg2308:engineering Thermodynamics
Status of the course Compulsory
Course Description This course includes the overview of thermodynamics, Thermal power plants,
overview of Hydropower plants, Nuclear power plants, Solar energy, Biomass
energy, Wind energy, Geothermal energy, Ocean and Wave energy and Rural
electrification
To introduce technologies of conventional and non-conventional power plants.
Course Objectives  To provide an overview of renewable energy resources and
technologies.
 To give an insight into planning and design of small scale and off-grid
electrical power systems.

270
  To introduce techniques and methods of planning and designing rural
electrification.

Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials

Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials
1. Overview of Thermodynamics: First and
second laws of thermodynamics and Carnot
cycle
2. Thermal power plants: Steam cycle; Fuels
and combustion; Gas turbines, combined
cycles and Operating practices
3. Hydropower: Basic concepts; Site selection;
Types of turbines; Small- scale hydropower
design; Flow rate measurement
4. Nuclear power plants: Nuclear Fuel,
Fission, Fusion; Radioactive decay; power
plans
5. Solar energy: Introduction; Solar radiation;
Solar Collectors; Solar cells and PV systems;
Applications of Solar Energy
6. Biomass energy: Introduction Biomass
energy; Biomass conversion and Direct
combustion applications
7. Wind energy: Basic theory of wind energy;
Types of turbines; Wind resource Analysis
and Applications.
8. Geothermal energy: Introduction;
Geothermal resource types applications or
heating; Electricity generation
9. Ocean and Wave energy: Potential
assessment, characteristics and technologies
10. Rural electrification in Ethiopia

271
 Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises
Assessment Methods  Continuous assessment……………….. 50%
 Final Examination……………………. 50%.
 All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
Course Policies plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class & 100 % lab attendance is mandatory! Please try
to be on time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late
more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References:
Literature 1. Culp: Principles of Energy Conversion
2. Keider: Solar Heating and Cooling
3. Fritz: Small and Mini Hydropower System
4. Renewable Energy, Power for Sustainable future by Godfrey. Boyel
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

272
 54.Hydropower Engineering

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Hydropower Engineering
Course Code ECEg4243
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Power Engineering I

Module Number ECEG-M4241

Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 5
Contact hour per week 5
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
32 48 - 48
Contact Days ( time and NN
room)
Target Group IV Year Power
Year/Semester VI/II
Prerequisites ECEg4242: Energy Conversion and Rural Electrification
Status of the course Compulsory
Course Description Classification of hydropower plants; Planning and Development Process;
Hydrologic and Hydraulic Design Concept; Dams; Spillways; Conduits,
Intake, Power house and Accessories; Hydraulic Turbines.
 To gain insight into concepts of hydropower engineering.
Course Objectives  To provide knowledge of planning, design and development of hydro-
electric power plants.
 To learn the design of dams and spillways.
 Describe the operation of hydraulic turbines

273
 Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials
1.Classification of hydropower plants: Run-of-river plants, Base
load plants, Reservoir plants, Peak load plants, Pump storage plants
Valley dam plants, Diversion canal plants, High head, and
diversion plants.
2.Planning and Development Process: Hydropower development,
Efficiency of hydropower, Socio-economic analysis,
Environmental analysis.
3.Hydrologic and Hydraulic Design Concept: Hydropower
engineering concept, Hydrological study, Electrical load study,
Heating and cooling.
4.Hydrologic and Hydraulic Design Concept: Hydropower
engineering concept, Hydrological study, Electrical load study,
Heating and cooling.
5.Spillways: Types of spillways, Gravity spillways, Siphon
spillways
6.Conduits, Intake, Power house and Accessories: Components
of a conduit system, Intake structures, Location of power house,
Classification of power house, Penstocks and surge tanks
7.Hydraulic Turbines: Introduction, Classification of water
turbines, The Pleton turbine, The Francis turbine, The Propeller and
Kaplan turbine.
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises
Assessment Methods  Continuous assessment……………….. 50%
 Final Examination……………………. 50%.
 All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
Course Policies plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided

274
 according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class & 100 % lab attendance is mandatory! Please try
to be on time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late
more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References:
1. Josepha Sherman: Hydroelectric power, Capstone Press: December
2003
Literature 2. Freshmagichobo: A Renewable Energy Resource: The Hydroelectric
Power, July25, 2006.
3. James Joseph Doland: Hydro power engineering, Ronald Press Co.
1954
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

275
 55.Microcomputers and Interfacing

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Microcomputers and Interfacing
Course Code ECEg4161
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Microcomputer and Interfacing
Module Number ECEg-M4161
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 6
Contact hour per week 6
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Home study
Laboratory
32 16 48 64
Contact Days ( time NN
and room)
Target Group IV Year Power
Year/Semester VI/I
Prerequisites ECEg3143-Computer Architecture and Organization
Status of the course Core Electrical Engineering
Course Description The Microcomputers and interfacing course intends in getting the concepts to the
mastering of basic microcontroller and microcomputers. The discussion of the
course will be based around the 8086 intel-microprocessor. However, this is not
stiff and could be subjected to change. The fact that the 8086 is the considered
basic processor architecture, only for those matters will the discussion is based on
the microcontroller. The discussion of the course will begin by introducing the
microcontroller evolution in their historical background. The art of bringing
hardware and software together will be explored. The two most common computer

276
 architectures, the Reduced Instruction Set Computing (RISC) and the Complex
Instruction Set Computing (CISC) will also be explained. The overall 8086/8088
architecture with a close look at the register, memory, bus, and IO organization.
Having discussed the concept of the architecture, the course will then pass to
getting to know with the instruction sets of the 8086. The most important
instruction set will be given emphasis and soon after that, hardware programing
will be taught. The hardware programming or the storing of a program will take
two tours. The first will be assembly language programming route and the second
will be high level hardware programming. The high level language programming
can take various languages into the programming task. C and C++ are the most
common ones. Subroutines and interrupts shall be handled in programing to enable
students get the art of real time applications. Next shall be the skill of interfacing
microcontrollers with various peripherals devices that help bring up real
applications. Finally bringing all things together, students will be made able to
design microcomputers for various devices. This will help them in developing
hardware based controllers in embedded concepts.
After successfully completed this course, the student should be able to :
Course Objectives  Get knowledge of the internal architecture of a microprocessor
 Write efficient codes in both assembly and high level languages.
 Understand and handle interrupts
 Use microprocessors to develop controllers and computers
 Design and implement microcomputers
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials
INTRODUCTION TO MICROPROCESSORS &
COMPUTERS
 History of Microprocessors
Evolution of the Intel processors
THE 8086 MICROCONTROLLER ARCHITECTURE
Bus Interface Unit (BIU)
 Execution Unit (EU)
 Bus Interface Unit (BIU)

277
Execution Unit (EU)
Register Organization
 General purpose registers
 Segment Registers
 Pointers and Index Registers
 Flag Registers
Bus Operation
Memory Segmentation
8086 MICROPROCESSOR PROGRAMING &
INSTRUCTION SETS
8086 Addressing Modes
 Data Addressing Modes
 Program Memory Addressing Modes
 Stack Memory Addressing Modes
Instruction Set of 8086
 Data Movement Instructions
MOV Instruction
PUSH/POP Instruction
 Load effective address
 String Data transfer Instructions
 Miscellaneous Data Transfer Instructions
 Arithmetic and Logic Instruction
Addition
 Subtraction
 Comparison
 Multiplication
 Division
 BCD and ASCII Arithmetic
 BCD Arithmetic
 ASCII Arithmetic
 Basic Logic Instructions
Shift and Rotate
 Shift

278
  Rotate
String Instructions
 program Control Transfer Instructions
CALL and RET Instructions
 JMP Instruction
 Conditional Jump
Iteration Control Instructions
Process Control Instruction
 External
 Hardware Synchronization Instructions
Interrupt Instructions
Assembly Language Programming
 Some Assembly Language Programs
 Programming with Assembler
Programming with Assembler
 Assembling Process
 Linking Process
 Debugging Process
 Timings and Delays
 Timer Delays using NOP instruction
 Time Delay using COUNTERS
 Timer delays using NESTED Loops
8086 System Configuration
 Signal Description of 8086
 Minimum Mode of Operation
Maximum Mode of Operation
INTERFACING
Basic IO Interfacing
 Parallel I/O
 Programmed I/O
 I/O Port Address Decoding
Programmable Peripheral Interface (PPI)
 Programming 8255

279
  Operation Modes of the 8255
Timer Interfacing
 The 8254 Programmable Interval Timer (PIT)
Serial I/O Interface
 Asynchronous Communication
 Programmable Communication Interface UART
8251
Interrupts
Interrupt Driven I/O
 Software and Hardware Interrupts
 Interrupts vectors and Vector tables
 The 8259A Programmable Interrupt Controller (PIC)
Direct Memory Access (DMA)
 Basic DMA Operations
 DMA Controlled I/O
The 8237 DMA Controller
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises
Assessment Methods  Continuous assessment……………….. 50%
 Final Examination……………………. 50%.
 All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism
Course Policies will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class & 100 % lab attendance is mandatory! Please try to be
on time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than
five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value in
your grade

280
  Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References:
1. Douglas V Hall, ‗Microprocessors and Interfacing-Programming and
Hardware‘, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited,
Literature NewDelhi-2002.
2. Ramesh S Gaonkar, ‗Microprocessor Programming and Interfacing using
8085‘, Penram Publications, 4th Edition, 2003
3. A.K.Ray, K.M.Bhurchandy, ‘Intel Microprocessors-Architecture,
Programming and Interfacing‘, McGraw-Hill International Edition, 2004
4. Microprocessors and Interfacing, first Edition, 2009. A.P Douglas and D.A
Douglas
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

281
 56.Modern Control systems

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Modern Control systems
Course Code ECEg4321
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Modern Control systems
Module Number 32
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 6
Contact hour per week
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
48 - 48 48
Contact Days ( time and NN
room)
Target Group IV Year Power
Year/Semester VI/I
Prerequisites ECEg3153: Introduction to Control System
Status of the course Compulsory
Course Description Introduction to State Space Analysis; Discrete Data Control Systems;
Analog Simulation; Multi-Variable Control Systems ; Introduction to
Non-Linear and Optimal Control Systems
The course will enable students to
Course Objectives  Get an insight in control systems problems, design, and
implementation.
 Understand and develop mathematical models of common control
systems. Be able to analyze linear continuous and discrete control
systems both in time and frequency domains.
 Be able to design and synthesize controllers in classical control

282
 methods
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials
Introduction to State Space Analysis
 The State Concept
 State Space Representation of Linear (Continuous)
Systems
 System Response from State Space Representation
 Computation of the State Transition Matrix
Discrete Data Control Systems
 Introduction to Discrete Systems
 Sampling Theorem and Effects on Control Systems
 The Z- Transform
 Discrete Data System (DDS) Analysis Using the Z-
Transform
 Time Response for DDS
 Stability Analysis of DDS
 State space analysis of DDS
 Introduction to Digital Compensators and Controller
Analog Simulation
Introduction
 Components of the Analog Computer
 Simulation of Linear Systems
 Magnitude and Time Scaling
 Simulation of Non-Linearity and Phase Plane Analysis
Multi-Variable Control Systems
 Introduction
 System Design Using State Variable Feedback
 Output Feedback
 Controllability and Observability
 Multi-variable control
Introduction to Non-Linear and Optimal Control Systems

283
  Introduction to Nonlinear Programming
 Optimal Control Preliminaries
 The Optimal Control Problems
 Optimal Control Examples
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises
Assessment Methods  Continuous assessment……………….. 50%
 Final Examination……………………. 50%.
 All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
Course Policies plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class & 100 % lab attendance is mandatory! Please try
to be on time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late
more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References:
1. Richard C. Dorf, Robert H Bishop: Modern Control Systems (10th
Edition), Prentice Hall; 10 edition (April 8, 2004).
Literature 2. Katsuhiko Ogata : Modern Control Engineering, Prentice Hall; 4
edition Nov 13, 2001.
3. John J. D‘ Azzo and Houpis: Feedback Control system analysis and
synthesis.
4. Richard C. Dorf, Robert H BishopModern Control Systems (9th
Edition), Prentice Hall; 9th edition (August 3, 2000).
5. I.J. Nagrath and Gopal: Control System Engineering by, 2001
Approved By:

284
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

285
 57. Electrical Measurement and Instrumentation

HARAMAYA UNIVERSITY
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering

Course Code ECEg 4155

Course Title Electrical Measurement and Instrumentation

Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical and Computer Engineering

Module Instrumentation and Control

ECTS 5

Credit hrs. 3

Lecturer NN

Contact Hours (per Lecture Tutorial Practice or Laboratory Home study

week) 3 0 3 3

Course Objectives &  To introduce the basic operational principles and limitations of electrical and
Competences to be electronic instruments
Acquired  To analyze and compare commercial instruments and design similar systems
under given constraints
Course Contents Contents

1. Introduction to instrumentation
1.1.General Principles of Instruments
1.2.Basic Concepts of Measurement
1.3.Analog and digital meters

2. Performance Characteristics
Static and Dynamic characteristics
Noise and Interference in Instrumentations

3. Sensors and Applications

Passive Sensors, resistive, capacitive, inductive and
Applications
Active Sensors and Applications
3.1.Discrete Output Sensors

286
 4. Signal Conditioning and Conversion
Deflection Bridges
Amplifiers and Attenuators
Oscillators and Filters
5. Output Presentation
Indicators ,seven segment,LCD
Recorders, Graphical and xy
Pre-requisites ECEg Introduction to Control Engineering

Semester

Status of Course Compulsory

Teaching & Learning Lectures supported by tutorials and practical laboratory exercises.
Methods

Assessment/Evaluatio Assignment (10%)

n & Grading System
Laboratory (10%)

Quiz and class attendance (10%)

Mid-semester Examination (30%)

Final examination (40%)

Attendance 75% lecture attendance and 100% lab attendance

Requirements

Literature Textbook:

1. Robert B. Northrop: Introduction to Instrumentation and Measurements,

Second Edition, CRC; 2 edition (June 28, 2005).
2. J.P. Bentley, Principles of Measurement Systems, 4thedition 2004.
References:

1. John G. Webster: The Measurement, Instrumentation and Sensors Handbook

(Electrical Engineering Handbook), TF-CRC (December 29, 1998).
2. Jacob Fraden: Handbook of Modern Sensors: Physics, Designs, and
Applications (Handbook of Modern Sensors),Springer; 3rd edition (December
4, 2003).
3. Klaas B. Klaassen: Electronic Measurement and instrumentation,Cambridge,
University Press (September 13, 1996).

287
 58.Instrumentation engineering

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Instrumentation engineering
Course Code ECEg4323
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Instrumentation and Control Engineering
Module Number ECEG-M4321
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 5
Contact hour per week 5
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
32 48 48
Contact Days ( time and NN
room)
Target Group IV Year Power
Year/Semester VI/II
Prerequisites ECEg4161: Microcomputers and Interfacing
ECEg4155: Electrical Measurement & Instrumentation
Status of the course Compulsory
Course Description Review of Basic Instrumentation; Standards and Organizations; Sensor
technology; Telemetry Applications; Introduction to Intelligent Instruments

Course Objectives To discuss and exemplify algorithm analysis methods

 Module Data Storage and Analysis computation.
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials
1. Review of Basic Instrumentation

288
  General Principles of Instrumentation,
 Sensors and Applications,
 Signal Conditioning Circuits,
 Signal Conversion Elements,
 Output Presentation
2. Standards and Organizations
 What is standard ?need for standard ?
 Existing standard organization
 Quality assurance
3. Sensor technology
 Basic Sensor Technology
 Sensor Systems
 Application Considerations
 Sensor Characteristics
 System Characteristics
 Instrument Selection
 Data Acquisition and Readout
 Installation
4. Measurement Issues and Criteria
 Sensor Signal Conditioning
 Conditioning Bridge Circuits
 Amplifiers for Signal Conditioning
 Analog to Digital Converters for Signal
Conditioning
 Signal Conditioning High Impedance
Sensors
5. Telemetry Applications
 Telemetry Systems Overview
 Airborne Systems
 Data Acquisition
 Multiplexer
 Modulation
 Commutation

289
  Frame synchronization pattern
 Ground System
 Setup and Control
 PCM Stream Reconstruction
 Frame Synchronization.
 Decommutation
 Simulation and Encoding
 Real-Time Processing
6. Introduction to Intelligent Instruments
 Introduction to intelligent
instrumentation
 Historical Perspective & Current status
 Software based instruments
 Virtual Instrumentation:
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises
Assessment Methods  Continuous assessment……………….. 50%
 Final Examination……………………. 50%.
 All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
Course Policies plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class & 100 % lab attendance is mandatory! Please try
to be on time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late
more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References:

290
 1. JonWilson,Sensor technology
2. J.P. Bentley, Principles of Measurement Systems
Literature 3. B.E. Jones, Instrumentation Measurement and Feedback
4. Instrumentation Engineering handbook
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

291
 59.Digital Control Systems

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Digital Control Systems
Course Code ECEg4322
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Instrumentation and Control Engineering
Module Number ECEG-M4321
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 5
Contact hour per week 5
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
32 - 48 48
Contact Days ( time and NN
room)
Target Group IV Year Power
Year/Semester VI/II
Prerequisites ECEg4321: Modern Control Systems
Status of the course Compulsory
Course Description Linear discrete dynamic-system analysis; Design of digital control systems
using transform techniques; Design of Digital control using state space
method; Application and practices of digital control
Course Objectives Design of digital control using transform techniques and state space methods
Digital control system applications and practices.
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION
Introduction to digital control –Sampling Process –Sample

292
 and Hold Circuit –Zero and First Order hold –Z-Transform –
Inverse Z-Transform –Region of convergence –Initial and
Final Value Theorem
UNIT II: PULSE TRANSFER FUNCTION AND TIME
RESPONSE
Block diagram reduction methods –Reduction Rules-Multi-
loop –MIMO Systems –Signal Flow Graph-steady state error
–error transfer functions -Error Constants-Time-Domain
Analysis of Second Order Systems-Time Response
UNIT III: STABILITY
Introduction-Jury Stability Test-Schur-Cohn stability Test-
Bilinear transformation-Stability by Pole Location –Root
locus method-Bode Plot-Nyquist Plot
UNIT IV: DIGITAL PID CONTROLLER
Cascade Compensation-Digital Lag Lead Compensator by
Bode method-Design of P,PI and PID Controller-Ziegler‘s-
Nichols Method, Cohen-Coon Method
UNIT V: STATE SPACE ANALYSIS
Realization of Pulse Transfer Function-Diagonalisation-
discretisation of Continuous time systems-State Transition
Matrix-Solution of Discrete-time state equations-
Controllability and Observability
Laboratory Exercise Simulation of digital control systems using MATLAB; Controller programs;
Interfacing microcontroller with computers; Mini-project to develop a controller
software and hardware for a system, simulate and implement where possible
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises
Assessment Methods  Continuous assessment……………….. 50%
 Final Examination……………………. 50%.
 All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
Course Policies plagiarism will not be tolerated.

293
  Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class & 100 % lab attendance is mandatory! Please try
to be on time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late
more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References:
Textbook:
1. V.I.George and C.P.K urien, Digital Control System, Cengage
Literature Learning, 2012.
2. B.C.Kuo, Digital Control System, 2ndEdition, Oxford University
Press, 2010.
3. M.Sami Fadali, Antonio Visioli, Digital Control Engineering
Analysis and Design, Academic Press, 2013.
References:
1. M.Gopal, ‗Digital Control and State Variable Methods‘, Tata
McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition, 2009.
2. C.M. Houpis, G.B.Lamount, ‗ Digital Control Systems-Theory,
Hardware, Software‘, International Student Edition, McGraw Hill
Book Co., 1985.
3. Kannan M.Moddgalya, Digital Control, Wiley India, 2007.
4. C.L.Philips and J.M.Pan, ―Feedback Control System, Pearson, 2013
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

294
 60.Process control fundamentals

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Process control fundamentals
Course Code ECEg4333
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Control Applications
Module Number ECEg-M4331
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 5
Contact hour per week 5
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
32 - 48 48
Contact Days ( time NN
and room)
Target Group IV Year control
Year/Semester VI/II
Prerequisites ECEg4321:Modern Control Systems

Status of the course Professional Compulsory

Course Description Review of Fundamental Process Control; Cascade Control; Ratio Control; Dead
Time Control; Feed forward Control; Nonlinear Compensation and Adaptive
Control; Multivariable Control; Fuzzy Logic and Process Control Tuning;
Distributed Control Systems
At the end of this course, students will be able to
Course Objectives  Understand the concepts of advanced industrial
 Design and simulate typical industrial processes
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks

295
Hour Materials

1. Introduction to Process Control

 Representative Process Control Problems
 Importance of Process Control
 Illustrative Example
 Classification of Process Control Strategies
 The Hierarchy of Process Control Activities
 An Overview of Control System Design
2. Modeling of a Process Control System
 The Rationale for Dynamic Process Models
 General Modeling Principles
 Degrees of Freedom Analysis
 Dynamic Models of Representative Processes
 Solution of Dynamic Models and the Use of
Digital Simulators

3. Feedback Controllers
 Introduction
 Basic Control Modes
 Proportional Control
 Integral Control
 Derivative Control
 Proportional-Integral-Derivative Control
 On-Off Controllers
4. Controller Design
 Performance Criteria for Closed-Loop Systems
 Model-Based Design Methods
5. Controller Tuning
 Controller Tuning Relations
 Controllers with Two Degrees of Freedom
 On-Line Controller Tuning
6. Feed forward and Ratio Control
 Introduction to Feed forward Control

296
  Ratio Control
 Feed forward Controller Design Based on Steady-
State Models
 Feed forward Controller Design Based on
Dynamic Models
 The Relationship Between the Steady-State and
Dynamic Design Methods
 Configurations for Feedforward-Feedback Control
 Tuning Feed forward Controllers
7. Advanced Process Control
 Cascade Control
 Time-Delay Compensation
 Inferential Control
 Selective Control/Override Systems
 Nonlinear Control Systems
 Adaptive Control Systems
 Multivariable Control
8. Computers in Process Control
 Digital Computer Simulation of Control Systems
 Microprocessor-Based Controllers and Distributed
 Control in Process Control
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises
Assessment Methods  Continuous assessment……………….. 50%
 Final Examination……………………. 50%.
 All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
Course Policies plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.

297
  80 % of class & 100 % lab attendance is mandatory! Please try to
be on time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more
than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References:
1. Seborg, D., Edgar F., Mellichamp D., Process Dynamics and Control,
John Wiley, revised ed., New York 2001
Literature 2. William L. Luyben, Process Modeling, Simulation and Control for
Chemical Enginers, Seccond Edition 1999
3. BABATUNDE A. OGUNNAIKE, Process dynamics, modeling, and
control, New York Oxford. Oxford University Press, 1994
4. McGraw-Hill Chemical Engineering Series,Process Systems Analysis
and Control
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

298
 61.Computer Architecture and Organization

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Number ECEg-3143
Course Title Computer Architecture and Organization
Degree Program BSc in Electrical Engineering
Module Computer Architecture & Programming
Module Coordinator N.N.
Lecturer N.N.
ECTS Credits 5
Contact Hours (per week) 5
Prerequisites ECEg 3141 – Digital Logic Design
Students workload Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Home study
Practice
32 48 - 48
Course Objectives &  To introduce the architecture and organization of a computer
Competences to be Acquired system and its components
 To design and simulate a basic computer system
Course Description General Introduction; Review of Digital Components; The Central
Processing Unit: Architecture and Instruction Set; Instruction Format and
Addressing Modes; Register Transfer Descriptions; Organization of the
Arithmetic and Logic Unit; The Control Unit Realization: Hardwired and
Micro programmable; The Memory Hierarchy and Memory Management;
Input-Output Devices; Software of a Computer System; High Performance
Computers; Design of a Small Computer System.
Week C.hour Course Content
1. General Introduction
 Organization and architecture,
 Computer evolution
 Review of digital components

299
 IC‘s, Decoders, Multiplexers
 Registers, Shift Registers
2. The Central Processing Unit
 Introduction
 General register organization
 Stack organization
 Instruction format
 Addressing modes
 Data transfer & manipulation
3. Register transfer & micro operations
 Register transfer language
 Bus and memory interface
 Arithmetic micro operations
 Logic micro operations
 Shift micro operations
4. Organization of the arithmetic and logic unit
 Introduction
 Addition and subtraction
 Multiplication algorithms
 Division algorithms
 Floating point arithmetic
 Decimal arithmetic unit
 Interrupt-driven, Direct Memory Access
5. The control unit realization
 Hard wired and micro programmable instruction codes
 Instruction cycles
 Memory reference instructions
 Input output & interrupt
 Control memory
 Micro program example
6. The memory hierarchy and memory management
 Memory hierarchy
 Main memory

300
  Auxiliary memory
 Associative memory
 Cache memory
 Virtual memory
7. Input-output devices
 Peripheral devices
 Input output interface
 Asynchronous data transfer
 Modes of transfer
 Priority interrupt
 Direct memory access(DMA)
Semester Year 3, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Methods Lectures supported by Tutorials and exercises.
Assessment/Evaluation & Quiz‘s, Assignments,Midexam, Final exam
Grading System Exams,
Course policy All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University
Textbook:
1. John D. Carpinelli: Computer System organization and Architecture,
Addison Wesley; US Ed edition Oct 20,2000.
References 2. M.M.Mano: Computer System Architecture, Prentice Hall:Sept1992.
3. Patterson and J. Hennessy: Computer Organization and Design: The
Hardware/Software Interface, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc., Second
edition, 1998.
References:
1. John P. Hayes: Computer Architecture and Organization,McGraw-Hill
Companies; 3rd edition

301
 62.Basic Writing Skills

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Basic Writing Skills
Course Code Enla1012
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Basic English Skills
Module Number EnLaM1011
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 5
Contact hour per week 5
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
32 48 48
Contact Days ( time and NN
room)
Target Group I Year
Year/Semester I/II
Prerequisites None
Status of the course Compulsory
Course Description This course aims at developing students‘ basic writing skills. It contains
sentence level writing: sentence structure, sentence types, functional and
structural category, common sentence errors (fragments, run-on sentences,
dangling modifiers and agreement errors); paragraph level writing : paragraph,
topic sentence and supporting details, structure, essentials of a paragraph,
basic types of paragraphs( expository, narrative, descriptive and argumentative
) and techniques of paragraph development; essay level writing : structure of
an essay, thesis statement and supporting paragraphs, types of essays and
techniques of essay development
Upon completing the course, students will be able to:

302
Course Objectives  Construct meaningful sentences in English;
 Learn to compose a paragraph that has a clearly stated topic sentence
and details ;
 Use appropriate coordination and subordination skills to relate ideas;
 Identify and correct common sentence problems
 Compose paragraphs that have clearly stated topic sentences and
supporting details.
 Write a well structured essay of different types ( descriptive, narrative,
expository and argumentative)
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials
1. Unit One: Writing Effective Sentences:
Overview of writing
 effective sentences - sentence definition, Identifying
sentence parts (subject and predicate), writing
complete sentences; sentence types: functional
category (declarative, interrogative, imperative and
exclamatory sentences)
 Writing Effective Sentences (continued----)
Identifying sentence types: structural Category (
simple, compound, complex and compound complex);
Joining ideas :coordination, subordination, correlation
and using relative pronouns
 Writing Effective Sentences (continued----)
Identifying and correcting faulty sentences
':fragments, run-ons, comma splices,
 Writing Effective Sentences (continued----)
Identifying and correcting faulty sentences: dangling
modifiers and agreement errors;
 Writing Effective Sentences (continued----)
 Using punctuation(a period, comma, semi-colon,
colon, quotation mark) and capitalization

303
2. Unit Two: Writing Effective Paragraphs; overview of
writing effective Paragraphs- paragraph definition,
nature of a paragraph, Identifying topic sentence and
supporting details, writing topic sentences( with topics
and controlling idea), nature and position of topic
sentences in paragraphs, narrowing a title
 Writing Effective Paragraphs (continued…)
structure of a paragraph, essentials of a paragraph:
unity, coherence(ways of achieving coherence: using
transitional devices, pronouns, key words and
synonyms) and adequate development; organization:
space, time and order of importance
 Writing Effective Paragraphs (continued…)
Writing basic types paragraphs: expository,
descriptive, narrative and argumentative;
 Techniques of paragraph development: definition,
exemplification/illustration, classification, cause and
effect, comparison, contrast, description( process,
objective and impressionistic), and
listing/enumeration
 Writing Effective Paragraphs (continued…)
Developing a paragraph: guided and free writing
guided writing-arranging given sentences in a logical
order, writing a paragraph by developing topic
sentence and specific details using given points of a
title Free writing –writing a paragraph on a given title
or on your own title
3. Unit Three Essay Writing
 Stimulating idea on features of an essay
Definition of an essay, structure of an essay:
introduction, body and conclusion; reviewing
paragraph structure vs essay structure Identifying
thesis statement and supporting paragraphs,

304
 elements of the thesis statement: topic and
controlling idea
 Essay Writing (continued…) Achieving unity
and coherence within an essay Writing the
introduction ( writing the hook, the background
and the thesis statement)
 Essay Writing (continued…) Writing the body
and the concussion Steps in writing an essay:
Planning(questioning, making list, clustering,
preparing outline), drafting, revising, and editing
 Essay Writing (continued…) Writing the basic
types of essays ( expository, descriptive, narrative
and argumentative)by employing the different
techniques
 Essay Writing (continued…) Writing the basic
types of essays ( expository, descriptive, narrative
and argumentative)by employing the different
techniques
 Essay Writing (continued…) Writing the basic
types of essays ( expository, descriptive, narrative
and argumentative)by employing the different
techniques
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises
Assessment Methods  Continuous assessment……………….. 50%
 Final Examination……………………. 50%.
 All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism
Course Policies will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided

305
 according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class & 100 % lab attendance is mandatory! Please try to
be on time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more than
five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own value
in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References:
 Writer‘s Choice : Grammar and Composition
 Rorabacher ,L A Concise Guide to Composition (3rd Ed). London
Literature Harper and Row publishers(1976)
 A Guided Writing to Composition
 Langan,J College Writing Skills. sixth Edition. Boston: Mcgraw-Hill
(2005).
 Savage, A.and M. Shafiei,Effective Academic Writing 1. Oxford:
Oxford University Press. (2007)
 Savage, A.and P. Mayer Effective Academic Writing 2 Mcgraw-Hill
(2005). Oxford University Press. (2005)
Davis,J and R,Liss Effective Academic Writing 3 The Essay. Oxford
University Press. (2005)
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

306
 63.Communicative English Skills

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Communicative English Skills
Course Code EnLa1011
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Basic English Skills
Module Number EnLaM1011
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 5
Contact hour per week 5
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
32 48 48
Contact Days ( time and NN
room)
Target Group IYear
Year/Semester I/I
Prerequisites None
Status of the course Compulsory
Course Description This course is intended to develop and improve students' language
competence. It is also aimed at developing students‘ communicative abilities
in English which will help students to develop their communicative skills and
overall language competence in English. Generally, this course will cover the
specific language aspects described below. Developing basic functions of
English language skills: reading (scanning, skimming, reading for details,
summarizing, understanding the structure of a text); listening (listening for the
gist, listening for details, recognizing discourse markers, noticing the structure
of a lecture, understanding speaker intentions, recognizing signposting,
attending and following skills); writing (summarizing a text, writing

307
 descriptive texts); speaking (introducing oneself and others, interviewing,
discussions, stating and supporting propositions, stating one‘s opinions,
organizing and taking part in a debate, making a persuasive speech,
questioning); vocabulary (working out meanings from context, synonyms,
antonyms, collocations, definitions); grammar (relative clauses, modals,
voice, conditionals, tense, reported speech).
Upon completing the course, students will be able to:
Course Objectives  Express their ideas in various communicative contexts (in group/ pair
discussion, public speaking settings etc.)
 Use various vocabulary learning strategies and techniques
 Write and present reports
 Read various materials and make their own notes
 Identify the structure of oral and written discourses
 Attend their academic work at ease and with clarity.
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials
1. Introductory Unit
 Listening and Speaking: Finding out
about other people
 Vocabulary: Learning to learn
vocabulary
 Grammar: Learning to use grammar for
facilitating meaning
 Reading: What is involved in
understanding text?
 Speaking: Introducing oneself and others
 Writing: A short Personal description or
story

308
2.AIDS
2.1. Listening and Speaking:
2.1.1. Understanding markers of addition and
relating
2.1.2. Listening for gist
2.1.3. Responding to the speaker's purpose
2.1.4. Writing a brief summary of a talk
2.2. Vocabulary
2.2.1. Using component parts of a word as clues
to meaning
2.2.2. Using topic relationships in order to learn
words
2.2.3. Being aware of how words collocate with
each other
2.2.4. Working out word meanings from context
2.3. Grammar
2.3.1. Using relative clauses
2.3.2. Expressing warning and advice
2.4 Reading
2.4.1. Identifying the intended audience
of a text and other critical reading skills
2.4.2. Relating a diagram to a text
2.5 Speaking
2.4.3. Brain storming
2.4.4. Public speaking
2.6 Writing: Writing a short summary of a
talk
3.Culture and Values
3.1. Listening and Speaking
3.1.1. Identifying the structure of a talk
3.1.2. Completing a note framework
3.2. Vocabulary
3.2.1. Using topic relationships to learn new

309
words
3.2.2. Words of Greek and Latin origin
3.2.3. Using a vocabulary network to learn
words
3.3. Grammar
3.3.1.Using active and passive constructions for
descriptive writing
3.3.2. using time clauses for descriptive
writing
3.4. Reading
3.4.1. Critical reading
3.4.2. Reading for main ideas
3.4.3. Reading for detail
3.5. Speaking
3.5.1. Understanding reference
3.5.2. Brainstorming
3.5.3. Organizing and taking part in a debate
3.6. Writing
3.6.1. Writing a brief summary of key ideas from
a text
3.6.2. Writing a descriptive essay about a
marriage ceremony
4.Improving Study Practices
4.1. Listening and speaking
4.1.1. Thinking about what you do when you
listen to a lecture and take notes
4.1.2. Understanding listing and sequencing
markers
4.1.3. Listening for a main sections of a talk
4.2. Vocabulary
4.2.1. Using a dictionary
4.2.2. Working out word meanings from context
4.3. Grammar

310
 4.3.1. Using Conditional I,II and III
4.4. Reading
4.4.1. Skimming for gist
4.4.2. Critical reading and evaluating
4.4.3. Using reference/textual markers
4.5. Speaking
4.5.1. Brainstorming and discussing on what
makes a good learner
4.6 Writing
4.6.1. Summarizing a talk
4.6.2. Summarizing an academic article
4.6.3. Writing an essay on learning English

Final Exam Date

Teaching Methodology Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises

Assessment Methods  Continuous assessment……………….. 50%

 Final Examination……………………. 50%.
 All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
Course Policies plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class & 100 % lab attendance is mandatory! Please try
to be on time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late
more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References:

311
 1. Dean, M.1988. Write it; Writing Skills for intermediate learners of
English. Cambridge University Press
Literature 2. DEFLL, 1996.College English: volume I and II.AAU.AAU Printing
Press
3. Gregory.1999.Public speaking for college and career (Fifth Ed).New
York: McGraw Hill College
4. Hewings, M. 1999.Advanced Grammar in use: self-study
5. Reference Practice Book for Advanced Learners of English.
Cambridge: CUP.
6. MOE, 2005.Improve Your English: A Course for Ethiopian
Teachers (Grade 1-4)-Face to Face Learner's Books 1&2.Addis Ababa:
EMPDE
7. Mohammedtahir and Tibebe Kasahun, 2005.Communicative English
Skills II (unpublished). Jimma University Press
8. Strong, W.1991. Writer's Choice: Grammar and Composition.
Illinois: McGraw Hall
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

312
 64.Civics and Ethical education

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Civics and Ethical education
Course Code CvEt1011
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Reasoning skill and civics
Module Number CESt-M1023
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 5
Contact hour per week 5
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
48 16 64
Contact Days ( time and NN
room)
Target Group I Year
Year/Semester I/I
Prerequisites None
Status of the course Compulsory/common course
Course Description This module/course is designed for undergraduate students taking Civics and
Ethics as a common course at all Ethiopian universities and it aims at cultivating
students with the competence of actively participating in the public life using
their democratic rights and discharging their responsibilities with the necessary
civic knowledge and skills and attitudes. In other words, the module/course will
help the students to become visionary citizens who are also concerned with civic
and ethics related issues affecting their country. This is imperative especially in
countries like Ethiopia where the process of cultivating and inculcating modern
constitutional and democratic values in the minds of citizens is still experiencing
challenges largely because the country had no established civic culture dominated

313
 by these values/ principles in its past history and partly because these values and
principles are not yet well-institutionalized even in its current history. To this
end, the module/course first introduces learners to the meanings of key concepts
in the study of Civics and Ethics like Civics, Citizenship, Ethics and Morality
alongside a discussion on the similarities and differences between and the goals
of studying Civics and Ethics. Next, it exposes them to the meanings, mutual
interactions, historical evolutions, natures etc… of the notions of society, state
and government particularly in the context of Ethiopia. Following this, the course
deals with citizenship, constitution, democracy and human rights in some details
but again mainly in the context of Ethiopia. Finally, it discusses certain values
and principles of Ethics and Civic virtue that learners must be equipped with both
as citizens and professionals in their encounter with various Civic and Ethical
issues in order to be morally matured and civically responsible when making
decisions and taking actions.
Upon a successful completion of this module/course, students will be able to:
Course Objectives  Understand the subject matter of Civics and Ethics;
 Gain knowledge about the theoretical discourses and practices of
state/government, society and citizenship and their mutual interplay
especially in the context of Ethiopia;
 Know the civic, social and political dimension of their citizenship lives in
line with the importance of active civic participation of citizens to the
healthy life of their state and society;
 Gain the philosophical and communication capacity of dialogue in
citizenship discourses via up holding such values as respecting and
tolerance of others;
 Develop individual and/or collective potential of becoming self-confident
citizens who can effectively participate in their legal-political, socio-
economic and cultural lives;
 Understand the historical dynamics and nature of state formation and
nation-building in their country along side with the major problems
generated by this process and the efforts lately made such as introducing
ideals like constitution, democracy and human rights as remedies;
 Understand the essences of such values and principles as democracy and

314
 human rights, multiculturalism and constitution and constitutionalism
especially in the context of Ethiopia;
 Examine Ethiopia‘s experience in constitutional development and issues
of democracy and human rights thereof;
 Develop and demonstrate certain ethical values and civic virtues both in
the realm of human to human and human to environment relationships;
 Understand the interdependence of Environment and development in
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials
1. CHAPTER ONE: UNDERSTANDING CIVICS AND
ETHICS
 Introduction
 Defining Civics, Citizenship, Ethics and Morality
 Similarities and differences of Civics and Ethics
 Goals of Civics and Ethics
 Competences of Good Citizens
2. CHAPTER TWO: UNDERSTANDING SOCIETY,
STATE AND GOVERNMENT: ETHIOPIAN FOCUS
 Introduction
 Society
 Definition and attributes of society
o Contending theories of society
o Structural-Functionalist theory
o Conflict theory
o Inter-actionist theory
 State
o Definition and attributes of the state
o Theories on the origin and development of
state
o State structure: Unitary Vs Federal
 Government
o Definition and Functions of Government

315
 o Government structure: Vertical Arrangement
Vs Horizontal Arrangement
o Forms and systems of Government
o Similarities and differences between society,
state and government
 Ethiopian Society, State and Government
o Formation of the modern Ethiopian state
(Tewodros II—Menlik II)
o Nation- building in modern Ethiopia
o The imperial regime
o The Dergue regime
 Post-1991 period
o Overview of government systems and forms in
modern Ethiopia
 The imperial regime
o The Dergue regime
o Post-1991 period
3. CHAPTER THREE: UNDERSTANDING
CITIZENSHIP: ETHIOPIAN FOCUS
 Introduction
o Definition and Aspects/dimensions of
Citizenship
o Philosophical discourses on Citizenship:
Liberal, Republican and communitarian
perspectives
o Modes of acquiring and loosing citizenship
o Overview of Citizenship and nationality laws
in Ethiopia: Emphasis on nationality
proclamations
o The 1931 and 1955 constitutions
o The 1987 PDRE constitution
o The 1995 FDRE constitution
o Major rights and responsibilities of citizens

316
4. CHAPTER FOUR: CONSTITUTION, DEMOCRACY
AND HUMAN RIGHTS: ETHIOPIAN FOCUS
 Introduction
o Constitution
o Definition of constitution and
constitutionalism
o Purpose and classifications of constitution
 Democracy
o Definition and ways of exercising democracy
o Approaches for understanding democracy
o Fundamental values and principles of
democracy
o Democratization and actors in democratization
process
 Human rights
o Definition , nature and classification of human
rights
o Human rights instruments
o Constitution , democracy and human right
experiences in Ethiopia
o Democracy and human rights under the 1931
and 1955 constitutions
o Democracy and human rights under the PDRE
constitution
o Democracy and human rights under the FDRE
constitution
5. CHAPTER FIVE: ETHICS AND CIVIC VIRTUE
 Introduction
o Over view of Ethics and Ethical theories/school
of thoughts
o Utilitarian Approach
o The Rights Approach
o The Fairness Approach

317
 o The Common good Approach
o The Virtue Approach
 Selected issues in Applied Ethics
o Development ethics
o Environment ethics
o Professional ethics
o Public service ethics : Principles
 Overview of civic virtue : Civic disposition and Civic
commitments
Civic disposition and Civic commitment in the Ethiopian context
6. CHAPTER SIX: ISSUES IN CIVICS AND ETHICS
 Introduction
o Criteria of identifying and selecting Topical
issues in Civics and Ethics
 Selected global/international and national issues in
Civics and Ethics
 On development
o Poverty/inequality---hunger,work habit/ethics,
begging,Emigration,gender/regional
inequality, affirmative action
o Climate change--- global warming, sustainable
development
 On democracy/ governance
o Corruption /rent seeking,
o Civic culture and civic participation---
parochialism Vs passiveness Vs active
participation, rights Vs responsibilities
balance
o Globalization --- political, economical,
culture, cultural imperialism and clash of
civilizations, education
(knowledge/technology transfer), brain drain,
aid /loan and aid/loan conditionality Vs state

318
 sovereignty
 On peace and stability
 Terrorism – Religious fundamentalism, piracy
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises
Assessment Methods  Continuous assessment……………….. 50%
 Final Examination……………………. 50%.
 All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and plagiarism
Course Policies will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class & 100 % lab attendance is mandatory! Please try to
be on time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late more
than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References:
1. Alexander, Larry (ed.).1998. Constitutionalism: Philosophical
Foundations. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Literature 2. Assefa Fisseha. 2006. Federalism and Accommodation of Ethnic
Diversity in Ethiopia: Comparative Study. Utrecht: Wolf Legal
Publishers.
3. Boss, J. 1998. Perspective on Ethics. London: Mayfield Publishing
Company.
4. Charles F. Kettering Foundation. & Harwood Group.1991. Citizens and
politics: a view from Main Street America. Dayton, Ohio: The
Foundation.
5. Clampham, Christopher .1969. Haile-Selassie’s Government. Praeger:

319
 New York.
6. Ehrlich, T. 2000. Civic responsibility and higher education. Phoenix,
Az: Oryx Press.
7. Endale Nigussie (2011), Civics and Ethics, A Module Prepared for all
Summer Programs Student, Dilla University, Dilla.
8. Fasil Nahum. 1997. Constitution for a Nation of Nations: The Ethiopian
Prospect.
9. Lawrenceville,NJ: Red Sea Publishers.
10. FDRE. 1995. The Constitution of the Federal Democratic of Ethiopia
11. Frechette,S. 1981. Environmental Ethics. U.S.A.: The Boxwood Press.
12. Goodin, Robert E. 2005. Reflective Democracy. Oxford University
Press: New York.
13. Harrop, Martin and William L. (1987). Elections and Voters: A
Comparative Introduction. London: The Macmillan Press LTD.
14. Held, David .1996. Models of Democracy. Cambridge Polity Press:
Cambridge.
15. James Paul and Clapham .1972. Ethiopian Constitutional
Development: A source book. Haile Selassie I university: Addis
Ababa.
16. Jeavons, T. (1991). Learning for the common good: liberal education,
civic education, and teaching about philanthropy. Washington, DC:
Association of American Colleges.
17. Macedo, S. (2000). Diversity and distrust: civic education in a
multicultural democracy.
18. Cambridge, Mass: Harvard University Press.
19. Melzer, A. M., Weinberger, J., & Zinman, M. R. (1998).
Multiculturalism and American Democracy. Lawrence, Kansas:
University Press of Kansas.
20. Niemi, R. G., & Junn, J. (1998). Civic education : what makes
students learn. New Haven: Yale University Press.
21. Nzongola, Ntalajia and Margaret C. 1998. The State and Democracy in
Africa. Asmara: Africa World Pres.
22. Oppenheim, A. N. (1977). Civic education and participation in

320
 democracy : the German case. London ; Beverly Hills: Sage.
23. Penrose, W. O. (1952). Freedom is ourselves: Legal rights and duties
of the citizen as a basis for civic education. Newark: University of
Delaware Press.
24. Strong, C.F .1963. A History of Modern Political Constitutions. New
York: G.P. Putnam‘s Sons
. Documents
1. Ethiopian constitutions
2. Ethiopian nationality proclamations
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

321
 65.Introduction to Logic (Reasoning Skill)

Haramaya University
Haramaya Institute of Technology
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Program Regular
Course Title Introduction to Logic (Reasoning Skill)
Course Code Phil1022
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Name Reasoning skill and civics
Module Number CESt-M1023
Team Leader NN
Course Instructor NN
ECTS 3
Contact hour/ week
Students Workload Lecture Tutoral Practice or Laboratory Home study
48 32
Contact Days ( time and NN
room)
Target Group I
Year/Semester I/I
Prerequisites None
Status of the course Compulsory/common course
Course Description This course attempts to introduce the fundamental concepts of logic and
methods of logical reasoning. The purpose of the course is to develop in
learners the skills required to construct sound arguments of their own and the
ability to critically evaluate the arguments of others: cultivate the habits of
critical thinking and develop sensitivity to the clear and accurate use of
language.
Upon the successful completion of the course, students will be able to:
Course Objectives  Familiarize with the fundamental concepts of logic;
 Develop the skills required to construct sound arguments
 Cultivate the habits of critical thinking and develop sensitivity to the

322
 clear and accurate use of language;
 Exercise critical thinking and judgment of things and ideas;
 Outline the variety of logical rules and principles;
 Differentiate deductive and inductive reasoning;
 Evaluate their arguments and the arguments of others;
 Describe challenges to sound reasoning;
 Articulate logical fallacies/errors; and
 Construct good arguments
Detailed Course Schedule: Contact time, topics and reading materials
Week Contact Topic/Subtopic/Chapter Reading Remarks
Hour Materials
1. Chapter One: Basic Concepts in Logic
 Arguments, Premises, and Conclusions
 Recognizing Arguments
 Deduction and Induction
 Validity, Truth, Soundness, Strength, Cogency
2. Chapter Two: Language: Meaning and Definition
 Varieties of Meaning
 The Intension and Extension of Terms
 Definitions and their Purposes
 Definitional Techniques
3. Chapter Three: Informal Fallacies
 Fallacies in General
 Fallacies of Relevance
 Fallacies of Weak Induction
 Fallacies of Presumption, Ambiguity, and
Grammatical Analogy
4. Chapter Four: Categorical Propositions
 The Components of Categorical Propositions
 Quality, Quantity and Distribution
 Venn Diagrams and the Modern Square of
Opposition
 Conversion, Obversion, and Contraposition

323
 5. Chapter Five: Categorical Syllogism
 Standard Form, Mood and Figure
 Venn Diagrams
 Rules and Figures
 Reducing the Number of Terms
 Ordinary Language Arguments
 Enthymemes
 Sorites
Final Exam Date
Teaching Methodology Lectures, tutorials, and Laboratory exercises
Assessment Methods  Continuous assessment……………….. 50%
 Final Examination……………………. 50%.
 All students are expected to abide by the code of conduct of students
Senate Legislation of our University throughout this course.
 Academic dishonesty, including cheating, fabrication, and
Course Policies plagiarism will not be tolerated.
 Class activities will vary day to day, ranging from lectures to
discussions. Students will be active participants in the course.
 You are required to submit and present the assignments provided
according to the time table indicated.
 80 % of class & 100 % lab attendance is mandatory! Please try
to be on time for class. I will not allow you enter if you are late
more than five minutes.
 Active participation in class is essential and it will have its own
value in your grade
 Cell phones MUST be turned off before entering the class.
References:
1. Hurley, Patrick J.(1997) A Concise Introduction to Logic 6th
Edition. Belmarnt: Wadsworth Publishing Company. (A Text Book)
Literature 2. Copi, Irving M.and Carl Cohen, (1990) Introduction to Logic, New
York: Macmillan Publishing Company.
3. Fogelin, Robert, J, (1987) Understanding Arguments: An
Introduction to Informal Logic New York: Harcourt Brace

324
 Jvanovich Publisher.
4. Guttenplan, Samuel: (1991) The Language of Logic. Oxford:
Blackwell Publishers
5. Stephen, C.(200) The Power of Logic. London and Toronto:
Mayfield Publishing company.
6. Simico, N.D and G.G James. (1983) Elementary Logic, Belmont,
Ca: Wadsworth Publishing Company.
Approved By:
_________________ ________________
Name (Course instructor) Signature
_________________ ________________
Name (Module Coordinator) Signature

325
Curriculum Reform/Revision Committee
1. Mr. Biruk Simaani(Lecturer and Researcher)
Head, Electrical and Computer Engineering Department
Haramaya Institute of Technology, Haramaya University
Email: biruksimaani@yahoo.com
Mobile Phone: +251912187936
2. Mr. Dejene Biirile (Lecturer and Researcher)
Deaprtment of Electrical and Computer Engineering, Haramaya University
Email: Dejene.elec@gmail.com
Mobile Phone: +251938998864
3. Mr. C.D Varaprasad (Lecturer and Researcher)
Deaprtment of Electrical and Computer Engineering, Haramaya University
Email: varaprasadchitte@gmail.com
Mobile Phone: +251919240300
4. Mrs. Sunanda (Lecturer and Researcher)
Deaprtment of Electrical and Computer Engineering, Haramaya University
Email: nsunandapratap@gmail.com
Mobile Phone: +251937522059

326